Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

pbhc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pbhc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 172
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10-K  

(cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) (cid:1) ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.  
or  
(cid:3)     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the transition period from ______________ to ______________.  

Commission file number: 000-23601  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

                                       Federal      

 16-1540137                                    

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)                                                    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)  

214 West First Street Oswego NY                                                                                          13126  
              (Address of principal executive offices)                                                                                  (Zip Code)                

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (315) 343-0057  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:    

                  Title of each class  
Name of each exchange on which registered  
       Common Stock, $0.01 par value  
NASDAQ Stock Market LLC  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES (cid:3)   NO (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES (cid:3) NO (cid:1)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

  The 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES (cid:1)         NO (cid:3)    

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  website,  if  any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter)during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).          YES (cid:1)         NO (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy 
or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. :  

Large accelerated filer                                      Accelerated filer                             Non-acceleratef filer                                Smaller reporting company   (cid:1)  
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   YES (cid:3)      NO (cid:1)  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price on June 30, 2013, as reported by the NASDAQ Capital Market, was 
approximately $13.6 million.  

As of March 14, 2014, there were 2,618,182 shares outstanding of the Registrant’s Common Stock.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  

(1) Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III).  
(2) Annual Report to Stockholders (Part II and IV).  

 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
Table of Contents 

PART I  

Item 1.  
Item 1A.  
Item 1B.  
Item 2.  
Item 3.  

Item 4.  

PART II  

Item 5.  

Item 6.  
Item 7.  
Item 7A.  
Item 8.  
Item 9.  
Item 9A  
Item 9B.  

PART III  

Item 10.  

Item 11.  
Item 12.  

Item 13.  
Item 14.  

PART IV  

TAB LE OF CONTENTS  

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED  
DECEMBER 31, 2013  
PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  

Business  
Risk Factors  
Unresolved Staff Comments  
Properties  
Legal Proceedings  

Mine Safety Disclosure  

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  

Purchases of Equity Securities  

Selected Financial Data  
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  
Controls and Procedures  
Other Information  

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters, Control Persons and Corporate Governance,  
   Compliance with Sections 16 (A) of Exchange Act  
Executive Compensation  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  

Stockholder Matters  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  
Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

Page  

3   
27   
27   
28   
29   

29  

29   

30   
31   
51   
52   
112   
112   
112   

113   

113   
113   

113   
113   

114   

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
PART I  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

When used in this Annual Report the words or phrases “will likely result”, “are expected to”, “will continue”, “is anticipated”, “estimate”, ”project” or similar expression are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within 
the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. By identifying these forward-looking statements for you in this manner, the Company is alerting 
you to the possibility that its actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause 
the Company’s actual results and financial condition to differ from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others:  

•   Credit quality and the effect of credit quality on the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses  
•   Deterioration in financial markets that may result in impairment charges relating to our securities portfolio  
•   Competition in our primary market areas  
•   Significant government regulations, legislation and potential changes thereto  
•   A reduction in our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets as a result of compliance with heightened capital standards  
•   Increased cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, and higher deposit insurance premiums  
•   Limitations on our ability to expand consumer product and service offerings due to anticipated stricter consumer protection laws and regulations  
•   Other risks described herein and in the other reports and statements we file with the SEC  

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any 
such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.  The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above could affect the Company’s financial performance and could cause the Company’s actual 
results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.  Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, 
speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.  

ITEM 1 : BUSINESS  

GENERAL  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") is a federally chartered mid-tier holding company headquartered in Oswego, New York.  The primary business of the Company is its investment in Pathfinder Bank (the "Bank").  The 
Company is majority owned by Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., a federally-chartered mutual holding company (the "Mutual Holding Company").   At December 31, 2013, the Mutual Holding Company held 1,583,239 shares of the 
Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”), the public and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), collectively, held 1,039,943 shares (the "Minority Stockholders").  At December 31, 2013, Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and 
subsidiaries had total assets of $503.8 million, total deposits of $410.1 million and shareholders' equity of $42.7 million plus non-controlling interest of $358,000, which represents the 49% not owned by the Company as a result of 
the acquisition detailed in Note 23 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.  

- 3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The Company's executive office is located at 214 West First Street, Oswego, New York and the telephone number at that address is (315) 343-0057.  Its internet address is www.pathfinderbank.com .  Information on our website is 
not and should not be considered to be a part of this report.  

Pathfinder Bank  

The Bank is a New York-chartered stock savings bank and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”).  The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the New 
York State Department of Financial Services (the “Department”), as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer and primary federal regulator.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York 
(“FHLBNY”) and is subject to certain regulations by the Federal Home Loan Bank System.  

The Bank is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public in the Bank's market area, and investing such deposits, together with other sources of funds, in loans secured by one- to four-family 
residential real estate, commercial real estate, small business loans, and consumer loans.  The Bank invests a portion of its assets in securities issued by the United States Government and its agencies and sponsored enterprises, state 
and municipal obligations, corporate debt securities, mutual funds, and equity securities.  The Bank also invests in mortgage-backed securities primarily issued or guaranteed by United States Government sponsored enterprises.  The 
Bank's principal sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and investments, as well as borrowings from correspondent financial institutions.  The principal source of income is interest on loans and 
investment securities.  The Bank's principal expenses are interest paid on deposits, employee compensation and benefits, data processing and facilities.  

Pathfinder Bank also operates through a limited purpose commercial bank subsidiary, Pathfinder Commercial Bank, which serves the depository needs of municipalities and public entities in its market area.  

The  Bank  has  Pathfinder  REIT,  Inc.,  a  New  York  corporation,  as  its  wholly-owned  real  estate  investment  trust  subsidiary.  At  December  31,  2013,  Pathfinder  REIT,  Inc.  held  $17.7 million  in  mortgages  and mortgage  related 
assets.  All disclosures in this Form 10-K relating to the Bank's loans and investments include loans and investments that are held by Pathfinder REIT, Inc.  

The Bank also has 100% ownership in Whispering Oaks Development Corp., a New York corporation, which is retained in case the need to operate or develop foreclosed real estate emerges.  

Additionally, the Bank has 100% ownership in Pathfinder Risk Management Company, Inc. which was established to record the 51% controlling interest upon the December 2013 purchase of the Fitzgibbons Agency, an Oswego 
County property and casualty and life and health insurance brokerage business with $500,000 in annual revenues.  Additional details can be found in Note 23 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.  

Finally,  the  Company  has  a  non-consolidated  Delaware  statutory  trust  subsidiary,  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II,  of  which  100%  of  the  common  equity  is  owned  by  the  Company.  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II  was  formed  in 
connection with the issuance of $5.2 million in trust preferred securities.  

Employees  

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had 101 full-time employees and 23 part-time employees.  The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.  

- 4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION  

The economy in the Bank's market area is manufacturing-oriented and is also significantly dependent upon the State University of New York College at Oswego.  The major manufacturing employers in the Bank's market area are 
Entergy Nuclear Northeast, Novelis, Constellation, NRG and Huhtamaki.  The Bank is the largest depository institution headquartered in Oswego County.  The Bank's business and operating results are significantly affected by the 
general economic conditions prevalent in its market areas. Our lending and deposit generating area is concentrated in Oswego County and surrounding counties.  We are in the process of opening a branch location in Syracuse, New 
York, (our second branch in Onondaga County) and expect that Syracuse will become a growing portion of our business and deposit generation.  

The Bank encounters strong competition both in attracting deposits and in originating real estate and other loans.  Its most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, savings banks, savings associations and credit 
unions in its market area.  Competition for loans comes from such financial institutions as well as mortgage banking companies.  The Bank competes for deposits by offering depositors a high level of personal service, a wide range 
of competitively priced financial services, and a strong network of branches, ATMs, and electronic banking.  The Bank competes for real estate loans primarily through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and advertising, as 
well as by originating and holding in its portfolio mortgage loans which do not necessarily conform to secondary market underwriting standards.  The turmoil in the residential mortgage sector of the United States economy has 
caused certain competitors to be less effective in the market place.  While Central New York did not experience the level of speculative lending and borrowing in residential real estate that has adversely affected other regions on a 
national basis, certain mortgage brokers and finance companies in our area are either no longer operating, or have limited aggressive lending practices.  Additionally, as certain money centers and large regional banks grapple with 
current  economic  conditions  and  the  related  credit  crisis,  their  ability  to  compete  as  effectively  has  been  reduced.  As  the  economy  has  improved,  and  the  need  for  loan  growth  has  increased,  competition  from  banks  for  the 
residential, commercial and business loans has increased. Of course, there are others, including tax-exempt credit unions, which continue to compete with us aggressively.  

LENDING ACTIVITIES  

General  

Our loan portfolio is comprised of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, the majority of which have fixed rates of interest.  In addition to one- to four-family residential real estate loans, our loan portfolio includes of multi-
family residential and commercial real estate loans, commercial, consumer and municipal loans.  Our primary lending area is within a five mile radius of a Pathfinder Bank Branch. Pathfinder Bank’s secondary focus is all remaining 
areas within the Bank’s CRA designated area map as well as Onondaga County.  

We try to reduce our interest rate risk by making our loan portfolio less interest rate sensitive.  Accordingly, we offer adjustable-rate residential and commercial mortgage loans, short-and medium-term mortgage loans, and floating 
rate commercial loans.  In addition, we offer shorter-term consumer loans and home equity lines of credit with adjustable interest rates.  However, in the current and prolonged low interest rate environment, a significant portion of 
our loan portfolio consists of fixed-rate loans with terms in excess of 15 years.  

- 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Residential Real Estate Loans  

Our primary lending activity consists of originating one- to four-family, owner-occupied, first and second residential mortgage loans, virtually all of which are secured by properties located in our market area.  The average loan 
balance of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans was $80,000 at December 31, 2013.  

We currently offer one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms up to 30 years.  We offer our one- to four-family residential loans with adjustable or fixed interest rates.  Our fixed-rate loans include loans that generally 
amortize on a monthly basis over periods between 10 to 30 years.  One- to four-family residential real estate loans often remain outstanding for significantly shorter periods than their contractual terms because borrowers have the 
right to refinance or prepay their loans.  We also offer home equity loans on which we take a second mortgage.  

We currently offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans with an initial interest rate fixed for one, three, or five years, and annual adjustments thereafter based on changes in a designated market index.  Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans 
generally have an interest rate adjustment limit of 200 basis points per adjustment, with a maximum lifetime interest rate adjustment limit of 600 basis points.  Our adjustable-rate mortgages are priced at a level tied to the one-year 
United States  Treasury  bill rate.  We do  not offer  adjustable-rate mortgages  that  offer  the possibility  of negative  amortization.  In the  current low interest  rate  environment we  have  not originated a significant  dollar  amount of 
adjustable-rate mortgage loans. We have not originated, nor have we invested in, interest-only, negative amortization or payment option ARM loans.  

Regulations limit the amount our Bank may lend relative to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal of the property at the time the loan is originated.  For all first lien position mortgage 
loans we utilize outside independent appraisers.  For second position mortgage loans, for existing Pathfinder Bank first Mortgages, we will use the lesser of the existing appraisal used in underwriting the first mortgage or assessed 
value. A service which gathers all data from Real Property Tax offices and gives the property a low, middle and high value, together with comparable properties for comparison, will be used for all other second mortgage loans. The 
middle value from the service will be the value used in underwriting. If the valuation method for the loan amount requested does not provide a value, or the value is not sufficient to support the loan request and it is determined that 
the borrower(s) are credit worthy, a full appraisal will be ordered.  

For borrowers who do not obtain private mortgage insurance, our lending policies limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans to 90% of the appraised value of the property that is 
collateral for the loan.  For most one- to four-family residential real estate loans with loan-to-value ratios of between 80% and 95%, we require the borrower to obtain private mortgage insurance.  For first mortgage loan products, we 
require the borrower to obtain title insurance.  For second mortgage type products, we order a last owner title search from local title companies.  We also require homeowners’ insurance, fire and casualty, and flood insurance, if 
necessary, on properties securing real estate loans.  

Commercial Lending  

Commercial loans consist of the following product classes: real estate, other commercial and industrial, lines of credit and municipal loans, with virtually all of the outstandings located in the counties of Oswego and Onondaga. At 
December 31, 2013, the average loan balance of our commercial loans, commercial lines of credit and commercial real estate loans was $178,000.  At that date, our largest borrower had outstandings of $3.7 million, and the loans 
were performing in accordance with their terms.  

- 6 

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
The Bank performs a credit evaluation to determine the overall transaction risk of any extension of credit (extensions of credit includes all loans, lines of credit, mortgages and exposure limits established for customers) the Bank 
undertakes and to assign a proper risk rating. Transaction risk may be defined as the probability that a default will take place under proposed terms and conditions, which could then result in a non-performing loan or a potential loss 
to the Bank. When evaluating transaction risk the following factors are always considered (unless secured and properly margined by liquid collateral):  

•   Financial risk - are the borrower's financial condition, profitability, and cash flow strong enough and stable enough to allow for the repayment of the loan under its proposed terms and conditions in the normal course of 

business and are the proposed terms and conditions reasonable. We typically require a debt service coverage ratio of 120% or higher.  

•   Industry risk - is the borrower's industry subject to cyclical swings or obsolescence, which may impair the borrower's ability to service the debt.  

•   Management risk - can the borrower's management successfully manage its affairs, is there adequate second line management, and is management of sound moral character. While these are all subjective evaluations a 

negative answer to any of them strongly implies a high degree of default risk. Except in rare cases, we also require personal guarantees by the principals of the borrower.  

•   Collateral risk - if a default takes place and restructure is either not feasible or desirable can the collateral be liquidated in a reasonable time frame and in an amount which would preclude a principal loss to the Bank.  

Prior  to  funding  a  loan  secured  by  multi-family,  mixed  use  or  commercial  property,  we  generally  obtain  an  environmental  assessment  to  ascertain  the  existence  of  any  environmental  risks  that  may  be  associated  with  the 
property.  The level of the environmental assessment depends on the facts and circumstances relating to the specific loan.  

The commercial loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions but, more specifically, the industry segment in which each borrower participates.  Unique competitive changes within a borrower’s specific industry, or 
geographic location could cause significant changes in the borrower’s revenue stream, and therefore, impact its ability to repay its obligations.  Commercial real estate is also subject to general economic conditions but changes 
within this segment typically lag changes seen within the consumer and commercial segment.  Included within this portfolio are both owner occupied real estate, in which the borrower occupies the majority of the real estate property 
and upon which the majority of the sources of repayment of the obligation is dependent upon, and non-owner occupied real estate, in which several tenants comprise the repayment source for this portfolio segment.  The composition 
and competitive position of the tenant structure may cause adverse changes in the repayment of debt obligations for the non-owner occupied class within this segment.  

Municipal Loans  

We offer municipal loans to local municipalities which are term loans and typically unsecured.  

Consumer Loans  

We are authorized to make loans for a variety of personal and consumer purposes.  Our procedure for underwriting consumer loans includes an assessment of the applicant’s credit history and ability to meet existing obligations and 
payments of the proposed loan, as well as an evaluation of the value of the collateral security, if any.  Consumer loans generally entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of loans that are unsecured or 
are secured by assets that tend to depreciate in value, such as automobiles.  In these cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan, and the 
remaining value often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower.  

- 7 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing  

Pathfinder Bank originates residential, commercial and consumer loans. Pathfinder Bank’s primary market area is customers that reside or work within a five mile radius of a Pathfinder Bank Branch. Pathfinder Bank’s secondary 
market area includes the remaining areas within the banks CRA designated area map as well as Onondaga County.  It is the preference of the bank that relationships be solicited and extended to customers having an economic 
interest in our area. However, if it is determined that a potential customer not having an economic interest in our area but is interested in a loan relationship and the bank has the ability to deliver not less than three bank products or 
services, these relationships will also be considered.  

Our loan portfolio is comprised primarily of one- to four-family residential real estate loans and commercial loans made to businesses.  The majority of the residential 1-4 family loans are owner occupied and have fixed rates of 
interest. The commercial loans made to businesses primarily have adjustable interest rates.  In addition to one- to four-family residential real estate and commercial loans, our loan portfolio also consists of second mortgage secured 
home equity lines of credit and home improvement loans as well as other consumer loans such as auto loans and personal loans.  

Our ability to generate each type of loan depends upon borrower demand, market interest rates, borrower preference for fixed- versus adjustable-rate loans, and the interest rates offered on each type of loan by other lenders in our 
market area. Although the bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of our borrowers’ abilities to honor their contracts is dependent upon the counties’ employment and economic conditions.  

Pathfinder Bank benefits from a number of sources for its loan originations, including real estate broker referrals, existing customers, borrowers, builders, attorneys, and “walk-in” customers.  Pathfinder Bank also employs four 
residential mortgage originators and four commercial lenders who actively market the bank’s products and services and are responsible for generating the bulk of the loan originations.  Our loan origination activity may be affected 
adversely by a rising interest rate environment that typically results in decreased loan demand. Other factors such as the overall health of the local economy and competition from other financial institutions can have an impact on the 
volume of originations.  Accordingly, the profitability of this activity may vary from period to period.  The majority of the fixed rate residential loans that are originated each year meet the underwriting guidelines established by 
Fannie Mae. In the past, we have originated residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market, and we may do so in the future, although we continue to service them once they are sold.  

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority  

The directors and management of Pathfinder Bank have developed policies that outline general goals and standards regarding commercial, residential and consumer lending activities consistent with the overall strategic objectives of 
the Bank.  

Providing credit is an essential element of local economic development and of the healthy growth of the Bank. The policies are designed to provide employees with guidelines on acceptable levels of risk, given a broad range of 
factors. Although the documents enable a certain degree of autonomy by lenders, all exceptions to specific loan policy must be justified by circumstances that warrant consideration of the exception. Each employee who participates 
in the lending decision process must be familiar with, and understand, the contents of the policy that applies to them.  

- 8 

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
Each loan policy sets forth the rules, guidelines and general procedures, which must be followed in the practice of granting credit and fulfilling the following responsibilities:  

•   Generate earnings for the Bank.  
•   Protect depositor’s funds.  
•   Ensure all loan decisions, actions and recommendations are based on an accurate and thorough understanding of each customer’s financial needs and conditions.  
•   Promote community, economic growth and development.  
•   Properly administer credit worthiness and documentation of all loans the lender originates or is assigned.  
•   Promote and maintain a favorable image for the Bank.  
•   Identify problems in the lender’s portfolio as early as possible so that these loans can be placed on the watch list and can be afforded special care if required.  

Individual  Lending  Authority  is  granted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  to  approve  an  extension  of  credit.  Each  recipient  of  lending  authority  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  achieving  high  credit  standards  and  accepts  the 
accountability for his/her credit decisions. The three methods of authorizing an extension of credit are:  

•   Qualified lenders are individually granted loan authority;  

•   The Officer Loan Committee has a specified limit, and  

•   The Executive Loan Committee reviews all loans above the authority granted the Officers Loan Committee.  

The Board of Directors has approved and delegated the administration of lending authority to the Loan Officers based on an underwriting matrix score and the borrower’s total related credit.  

Loans over a lender’s authority are referred to an officer with the required authority level. Loans over these limits must be referred to the Officers Loan Committee for approval or recommendation to the Executive Loan Committee.  

Lending authority can be increased, suspended or removed by the Board of Directors, as recommended by the President or Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer.  

Loans to One Borrower  

The legal lending limit for Pathfinder Bank to a single borrower is calculated by the Accounting Department consistent with law and reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer and is communicated to lending officers. In no case will 
Pathfinder Bank intentionally exceed the legal lending limit established by the FDIC and NYS Department of Financial Services. At December 31, 2013 our legal lending limit was $7.3 million.  

Pathfinder Bank’s internal loan policies limits the total related credit (TRC) to be extended to any one borrower (after application of the rules of attribution), with respect to any and all loans with the Bank to $4.5 million.  The 
indebtedness includes all credit exposure whether direct or contingent, used or unused.  

- 9 

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
ASSET QUALITY  

Loan Delinquencies and Collection Procedures  

When a loan becomes delinquent, we make attempts to contact the borrower to determine the cause of the delayed payments and seek a reasonable solution to permit the loan to be brought current within a reasonable period of 
time.  The outcome can vary with each individual borrower.  In the case of mortgage loans and consumer loans, a late notice is sent 15 days after an account becomes delinquent.  If delinquency persists, another notice is sent at the 
30 day delinquency mark and the 45 day delinquency mark and the 60 day delinquency mark as well.  After 15 days, we attempt to establish telephone contact with the borrower.  Included in every late notice is a letter that includes 
information regarding home-ownership counseling.  As part of a workout agreement, we will accept partial payments during the month in order to bring the account current.  If attempts to reach an agreement are unsuccessful and the 
customer is unable to comply with the terms of the workout agreement, we will review the account to determine if foreclosure is warranted, in which case, consistent with New York law, we send a 90 day notice of foreclosure and 
than a 20 day notice before legal proceedings are commenced. A consumer final demand letter is sent in the case of a consumer loan.  In the case of commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans, we follow a similar notification 
practice with the exception of the previously mentioned information on home-ownership counseling.  In addition, commercial loans do not require 90 day notices of foreclosure.  Generally commercial borrowers only receive 10 day 
notices  before  legal  proceedings  can  be  commenced.  Commercial  loans  may  experience  longer  workout  times  which  may  trigger  a  need  for  a  loan  modification  that  could meet  the  requirements  of  a  trouble debt  restructured 
loan.  Residential mortgages in excess of $300,000 and commercial lending relationships that exceed $100,000 are evaluated individually for impairment.  

Foreclosed real estate  

Fair values for foreclosed real estate are initially recorded based on market value evaluations by third parties, less costs to sell (“initial cost basis”).  Any write-downs required when the related loan receivable is exchanged for the 
underlying real estate collateral at the time of transfer to foreclosed real estate are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Values are derived from appraisals, similar to impaired loans, of underlying collateral or discounted cash 
flow analysis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and assets are marked to current fair value, not to exceed the initial cost basis.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, management 
also considers other factors or recent developments, such as, changes in absorption rates and market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition.  Either change 
could result in adjustment to lower the property value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  These measurements are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.  

Loan delinquencies together with properties within our Foreclosed Real Estate portfolio are reviewed monthly at the Board of Director level.  

Impaired Loans, Non-performing Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings  

The policy of Pathfinder Bank is to provide a continuous assessment of the quality of its loan portfolio through the maintenance of an internal and external loan review process. The process incorporates a loan risk grading system 
designed to recognize degrees of risk on individual commercial and mortgage loans in the portfolio. Management is responsible for strict monitoring of asset quality and risk grade designations.  

An existing loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the bank will be unable to collect all amounts due (including both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans are non-
performing and placed on nonaccrual when the contractual payment of principal and interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan 
may be currently performing. Some loans may be considered non performing and impaired, whereas other loans may only be included in one category.  Specific reserve allocations are made for loans that are determined to be 
impaired.  Our Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses policy (“ALLL”) establishes criteria for selecting loans to be measured for impairment based on the following:  

- 10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Residential and Consumer Loans:  

•   All loans rated substandard or worse, on nonaccrual, and above our TRC threshold balance of $300,000.  

•   All Troubled Debt Restructured Loans with a threshold balance of $300,000.  

•   Any other loans the Bank will be likely unable to collect all amounts of contractual interest and principal as scheduled in the loan agreements.  

Commercial leases Lines and Loans, Commercial Real Estate and Municipal Loans:  

•   All loans rated substandard or worse, on nonaccrual, and above our TRC threshold balance of $100,000.  

•   All Troubled Debt Restructured Loans threshold balance of $100,000.  

•   Any other loans the Bank will be likely unable to collect all amounts of contractual interest and principal as scheduled in the loan agreements.  

Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses as compared to the loan 
carrying value.  

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) are loan restructurings in which the bank, for economic or legal reasons related to an existing borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise 
consider. Typically a TDR involves a modification of terms of a debt, such as reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining original life of the debt, extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current 
market rate for new debt with similar risk, reduction of the face amount of the debt, or reduction of accrued interest.  

Classifications of Assets  

Loans inherently contain credit risk. A key to minimize credit losses is being able to manage these risks effectively. Pathfinder Bank has a risk grading system for our loan assets that is designed as a tool for management and the 
Board of Directors to assure that Pathfinder Bank is not taking unnecessary and/or unmanageable risk.  

The primary objective of the loan risk grading system is to establish a method of assessing credit risk to enable management to measure loan portfolio quality and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  

Loan Grades are assigned a numerical value of between 1 through 8. Most loans within the lending portfolio receive a grade of one through four, as these represent accounts with manageable risk. Loans with grades of 5 through 8 
have been identified to have credit weaknesses that expose the bank to a potential loss. These loans require special monitoring and, depending on the size of the loan, will require a written action plan removing the loan from the 
bank’s portfolio or strengthening the credit to an acceptable level.  All loans that receive a risk grade of 5 and above are placed on the Watchlist Report for continuous monitoring.  Loans on the Watchlist Report have additional loan 
loss reserve allocations assigned to them by grade and account type and may also have specific reserves assigned to individual loans. The administration of the loan grade assignments and the Watchlist Report is the responsibility of 
the Chief Credit Officer.  

- 11 

 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Grades for commercial and municipal loans are assigned primarily upon current documented information in the credit and/or legal files. It is the commercial loan officer’s responsibility to properly support credit extensions with all 
necessary documentation, financial statements, and investigation required by Pathfinder Bank. Subsequent grades are suggested by the officer assigned to each commercial relationship.  Grades for residential and consumer loans are 
assigned primarily upon current documented information. No loan grade is assigned to a residential mortgage or consumer loan unless the loan has demonstrated signs of weakness.  

Pathfinder Bank contracts with an external loan review firm to complete a Credit Risk Assessment of the loan portfolio on a regular basis to determine the current level and direction of the bank’s credit risk. The loan review process 
incorporates a risk based approach that separates the loan portfolio in to High, Moderate, and Low risk buckets.  The goal is to cover 100% of the High, 50% of the Moderate, and 10% of the Low risk loans in the portfolio. The 
external loan review firm communicates the results of their findings to the Executive Loan Committee in writing and by periodically attending the Executive Loan Committee meetings. Any serious issues discovered in an external 
loan review are communicated to the President of Pathfinder Bank immediately.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the statement of condition and it is recorded as a reduction of loans.  The allowance is increased by the 
provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  All, or 
part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally 
charged off no later than 120 days past due on a contractual basis, unless productive collection efforts are providing results.  Consumer loans may be charged off earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an amount that is 
deemed uncollectible.  No portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted to any individual loan product and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan losses.  

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is 
based on three major components which are; specific components for larger loans, recent historical losses and several qualitative factors applied to a general pool of loans, and an unallocated component.  

The first component is the specific component that relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  For these loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan are lower than 
the carrying value of that loan.  

The second or general component covers pools of loans, by loan class, not considered impaired, smaller balance homogenous loans, such as residential real estate, home equity and other consumer loans.  These pools of loans are 
evaluated for loss exposure first based on historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans. The ratio of net charge-offs to loan outstandings within each product class, over the most recent eight quarters, lagged by one 
quarter, is used to generate the historical loss rates.  In addition, qualitative factors are added to the historical loss rates in arriving at the total allowance for loan loss need for this general pool of loans.  The qualitative factors include 
changes in national and local economic trends, the rate of growth in the portfolio, trends of delinquencies and nonaccrual balances, changes in loan policy, and changes in lending management experience and related staffing.  Each 
factor  is  assigned a value to reflect improving, stable  or declining  conditions based on  management’s best  judgment using  relevant information  available at the  time  of the  evaluation.  These qualitative  factors, applied to each 
product class, make the evaluation inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  Adjustments to the factors are supported through 
documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss analysis and calculation.  

The third or unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses.  The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the 
underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio and generally comprises less than 10% of the total allowance for loan loss.  

- 12 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of 
the  loan  agreement.  Factors  considered  by  management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status,  collateral  value  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest  payments  when  due.  Loans  that 
experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by case basis, taking into consideration all 
of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of shortfall in relation to what is owed.  Impairment is measured by 
either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The majority of the Company’s loans utilize the 
fair value of the underlying collateral.  

An allowance for loan loss is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.  The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated 
fair value of the loan’s collateral.  For loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals.  When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding 
whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary.  This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal, and the 
condition of the property.  Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.  

For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, 
account receivable agings or equipment appraisals or invoices.  Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.  

Large groups of homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual residential mortgage loans less than $300,000, home equity and other consumer 
loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are related to borrowers with impaired commercial loans or they are the subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement for those with a carrying value in excess of $300,000.  

Commercial loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions 
granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally include but are not limited to a temporary reduction in the interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date.  Commercial loans classified as troubled debt restructurings 
with a carrying value in excess of $100,000 are designated as impaired and evaluated as discussed above.  

The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories.  The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of the collateral, if appropriate, are 
evaluated not less than annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise on all loans.  Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss.  

- 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their 
judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management.  Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the 
current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES  

Our  investment  policy is established by the  board  of directors. This policy dictates that  investment decisions  will be made  based  on  the safety of the  investment,  liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and 
consistency with our interest rate risk management. The board of directors, as a whole, acts in the capacity of an investment committee and is responsible for overseeing our investment program and evaluating on an ongoing basis 
our investment policy and objectives. Our president and chief financial officer have the authority to purchase securities within specific guidelines established by the investment policy. All transactions are reviewed by the board of 
directors at its regular meeting.  

All  investment  securities  must  meet  regulatory  guidelines  and  be  permissible  bank  investments,  including  United  States  Government  obligations,  securities  of  various  federal  agencies  and  of  state  and  municipal  governments, 
deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY), certificates of deposit at federally insured institutions, and federal funds.  Within certain regulatory limits, we may also invest a portion of our assets in mutual 
funds, equity securities and investment grade corporate debt securities.  We are also required to maintain an investment in FHLBNY stock.  

All securities purchased will be classified at the time of purchase as either a held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. The bank does not maintain a trading account. Securities purchased with the intent and ability to hold until maturity 
may be classified as held-to-maturity. Securities placed in the held-to-maturity category will be accounted for at amortized cost.  

Securities that do not qualify or are not categorized as held to maturity are classified as available-for-sale. This classification includes securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, the security's prepayment risk, 
liquidity needs, the availability of and the yield on alternative investments, and funding sources and terms. These securities are reported at fair value, which will be determined on a monthly basis in conjunction with the preparation 
of board report financial statements. Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a separate component of capital, net of tax. The aggregate change in value of the portfolio will be reported to the Board of Directors monthly.  

The general objectives of the investment portfolio are to provide for the overall asset/liability management of the bank, generate a reasonable rate of return consistent with the safety of principal, provide a source of liquidity, provide 
adequate capital where needed, minimize the bank's tax liability, and minimize the bank's interest rate and credit risk. We purchase securities to provide necessary liquidity for day-to-day operations, and when investable funds 
exceed loan demand. The effect that the proposed security would have on our credit and interest rate risk and risk-based capital is also considered.  

Our  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale,  other  than  mortgage-backed  securities,  consisted  of  Federal  agency  obligations,  primarily  Federal  Farm  Credit  Bank  (FFCB)  notes,  FHLBNY  notes,  Federal  National  Mortgage 
Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) obligations with remaining maturities of one to six years.  Mortgage backed securities are discussed in the next section.  

- 14 

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Included within the security portfolio are three mutual fund positions.  The first is a mutual fund backed by adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities and cash equivalents. The second material equity security listed is a mutual fund 
consisting primarily of investment grade dividend-paying common stocks of large capitalization companies, i.e., companies with market capitalization in excess of $5 billion.   The third fund, Financial Institutions Fund, LLC invests 
primarily in equity securities issued by community banks and thrift institutions and holding companies of such banks and thrifts located principally in the Northeastern United States.  The fund seeks out banks and thrifts with less 
than $5.0 billion in assets that are high performing or ones that represent M&A values or are strategically located in a market where a major competitor was recently acquired by a larger institution.  

We also have a $2.4 million investment in FHLBNY stock at December 31, 2013, which is classified separately from securities due to the restrictions on sale or transfer.  For further information regarding our securities portfolio, see 
Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AND COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS  

We purchase mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We invest in mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations to achieve 
positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk. We regularly monitor the credit quality of this portfolio.  

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are created by the pooling of mortgages and the issuance of a security with an interest rate which is less than the interest rate on the underlying mortgages. These 
securities typically represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages, although we focus our investments on mortgage related securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. The issuers of 
such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as Pathfinder Bank, and in the case of government agency sponsored issues, guarantee the payment of principal and interest to 
investors. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees, if any, and credit enhancements. These fixed-
rate securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans.  

SOURCES OF FUNDS  

General  

Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also rely on advances from the FHLBNY. In addition to deposits and borrowings, we derive funds from scheduled loan 
payments, investment maturities, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows 
can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing market interest rates, economic conditions and competition from other financial institutions.  

Deposits  

A majority of our depositors are persons who work or reside in Oswego and Onondaga Counties. We offer a selection of deposit instruments, including checking, savings, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit. 
Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. We establish interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and 
withdrawal penalties on a periodic basis. Management determines the rates and terms based on rates paid by competitors, our need for funds or liquidity, and overall growth goals.  

- 15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) is a form of brokered deposit program in which the Bank has been a participant since 2009. In addition to offering depositors enhanced FDIC insurance coverage, 
being a participant in CDARS allows the Bank to fund its balance sheet through their One-Way Buy program. This program uses a competitive bid process to allocate funding. Management believes this arrangement is a viable 
source of funding provided that the Bank maintains its well-capitalized status.  The Bank may participate in CDARS up to 15% of reported total assets or $75.6 million as of December 31, 2013.  

Borrowings  

We may  obtain advances from the  FHLBNY  utilizing  the security of  the common  stock we own  in the  FHLBNY  and our qualifying residential  mortgage, provided  certain  standards related to creditworthiness  are met.  These 
advances are made pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Federal Home Loan Bank advances are generally available to meet seasonal and other withdrawals of deposit 
accounts and to permit increased lending.  

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION  

General  

The  Company  and  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  (“MHC”)  are  federally  chartered  and,  up  until  July  21,  2011,  were  subject  to  regulation  by  the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  (“OTS”)  as  savings  and  loan  holding 
companies.  However, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which is discussed further below, the OTS’s functions relating to savings and loan holding companies were 
transferred to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”).  The Company and the MHC therefore became regulated by the Federal Reserve as of the above date.  

Regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank, the Company and the Mutual Holding Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein.  This description of statutory and regulatory provisions does not purport to be a complete 
description of all such statutes and regulations applicable to the MHC, the Company, or the Bank.  Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse 
impact on the Bank, the Company or the Mutual Holding Company.  

Dodd-Frank Act  

The Dodd-Frank Act is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affecting the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies.  The Dodd-Frank Act 
changed the current primary federal regulator of the Company and the Mutual Holding Company from the OTS to the Federal Reserve.  The Federal Reserve now supervises and regulates all savings and loan holding companies, 
such as the Company and the Mutual Holding Company.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to set minimum capital levels for depository institution holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the 
insured depository subsidiaries, and the components of Tier 1 capital will be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the 
proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets.  The legislation also 
establishes a floor for capital requirements of insured depository institutions, which cannot be lower than the standards in effect when the legislation was enacted and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage 
and capital requirements.  These new leverage and capital requirements must take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives.  The required regulations 
were issued in 2013 and are discussed later.  

- 16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for 
a wide range of consumer protection laws that  apply  to all banks  and savings  institutions  such as  Pathfinder Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair,  deceptive or abusive” acts  and practices.  The Consumer Financial 
Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.  Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets continue to be examined by 
their applicable bank regulators.  The Dodd-Frank Act also provides for regulations requiring originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans, established regulatory rate-setting for certain 
debit and interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations.  The legislation also weakened the federal preemption 
available for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  broadened  the  base  for  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  insurance  assessments.  Assessments  are  now  being  based  on  the  average  consolidated  total  assets  less  tangible  equity  capital  of  a  financial 
institution.  The  legislation  also  permanently  increased  the  maximum  amount  of  deposit  insurance  for  banks,  savings  institutions  and  credit  unions  to  $250,000  per  depositor,  and  non-interest  bearing  transaction  accounts  had 
unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.  The Dodd-Frank Act increased stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation 
and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizing the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit votes for their own candidates using a company’s own 
proxy materials. These particular requirements were not imposed on the Company in 2012.  The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company 
executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.  

New York State Banking Law and FDIC Regulation  

The  Bank  derives  its  lending,  investment  and  other  authority  primarily  from  the  applicable  provisions  of  New  York  State  Banking  Law  and  the  regulations  of  the  N  ew  York  State  Banking  Department  ,  as  limited  by  FDIC 
regulations. In particular, the applicable provisions of New York State Banking Law and regulations governing the investment authority and activities of an FDIC insured state-chartered savings bank, and its subsidiary commercial 
bank,  have  been  substantially  limited  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act  of  1991  (“FDICIA”)  and  the  FDIC  regulations  issued  pursuant  thereto.  Under  these  laws  and  regulations,  savings  banks, 
including  the  Bank,  may  invest  in  real  estate mortgages, consumer  and  commercial  loans,  certain types  of  debt  securities,  including  certain  corporate  debt  securities  and  obligations  of federal,  state  and  local  governments and 
agencies, certain types of corporate equity securities and certain other assets.  New York State chartered savings banks may also invest in subsidiaries under their service corporation investment authority.  A savings bank may use 
this power to invest in corporations that engage in various activities authorized for savings banks, plus any additional activities, which may be authorized by the Banking Board.  Under FDICIA and the FDIC’s implementation of 
regulations, the Bank’s investment and service corporation activities are limited to activities permissible for a national bank unless the FDIC otherwise permits it.  

The FDIC and the Superintendent have broad enforcement authority over the Bank.  Under this authority, the FDIC and the Superintendent have the ability to issue formal or informal orders to correct violations of laws or unsafe or 
unsound banking practices.  

- 17 

 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
FDIC Insurance on Deposits  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions such as the Bank. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per 
depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts.  The FDIC charges the insured financial institutions assessments to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.  

Under the FDIC’s current risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are generally assigned to a “risk category” based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors.  Assessments are based 
on the risk category to which an institution is assigned and certain risk adjustments assigned by FDIC regulations.  

In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system.  The rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments effective 
April 1, 2011.  Under the new rule, assessments are based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity rather than total deposits.  Since the new base is much larger than the former base, the 
FDIC  also  lowered  assessment  rates  so  that  the  total  amount  of  revenue  collected  from  the  industry  was  not  significantly  altered.  The  new  range  is  2½  basis  points  to  45  basis  points  of  total  consolidated  assets  less  tangible 
equity.  The new rule benefitted smaller financial institutions, which typically rely more on deposits for funding, and shifts more of the burden for supporting the insurance fund to larger institutions, which have greater access to 
non-deposit sources of funding.  As a result of the change in the assessment base, the Company experienced an approximate 50% reduction in its quarterly assessment charges effective with the second quarter of 2011.  

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued 
by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank paid 
$29,000 in fees related to the FICO.  

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, 
regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.  

Regulatory Capital Requirements  

The FDIC has adopted risk-based capital guidelines to which the Bank is subject. The guidelines establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles 
among banking organizations. The Bank is required to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of such regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as 
the Bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 100%, with higher levels of capital being 
required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.  

These  guidelines  divide  a savings  bank’s capital into two tiers.  The  first  tier  (“Tier  I”)  includes  common  equity,  retained  earnings, certain non-cumulative perpetual  preferred  stock  (excluding auction  rate  issues)  and minority 
interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangible assets (except mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships subject to certain limitations). Supplementary (“Tier II”) 
capital includes, among other items, Tier 1 capital, cumulative perpetual and long-term limited-life preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and the allowance for 
loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations, less required deductions. Savings banks are required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, and a Tier I risk based capital level of at least 4%.  

- 18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
In addition, the FDIC has established regulations prescribing a minimum Tier I leverage ratio (Tier I capital to adjusted total average assets as specified in the regulations). These regulations provide for a minimum Tier I leverage 
ratio of 3% for banks that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest examination rating and are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. All other banks are required to maintain a Tier I leverage 
ratio of at least 4%.  

The FDIC may set higher leverage and risk-based capital requirements on individual institutions when particular circumstances warrant. Savings banks experiencing or anticipating significant growth are expected to maintain capital 
ratios, including tangible capital positions, well above the minimum levels.  

In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent 
with  agreements  that  were  reached  by  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  and  certain  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act.  Among  other  things,  the  rule  establishes  a  new  common  equity  Tier  1  minimum  capital 
requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 
days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain 
“available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital unless a one-time opt-out is exercised and requires more stringent treatment of mortgage servicing assets and certain deferred tax 
assets.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 
capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule becomes effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015.  The capital conservation buffer requirement 
will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 and ending January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective.  

SBLF Participation  

On September 1, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to which the Company sold to the Treasury 13,000 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative 
Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share for aggregate proceeds of $13,000,000.  This transaction was entered into as part of the Treasury’s Small Business 
Lending Fund Program (“SBLF”).  In connection therewith, the Company redeemed all 6,771 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A Preferred Stock”) sold to the Treasury on September 
11, 2009 in connection with the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”).  The Company paid $6,786,000 to the Treasury to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, which included the original investment of $6,771,000, plus 
accrued dividends.  In connection with its participation in SBLF, the Company repurchased from Treasury, a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 154,354 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price per share of 
$6.58.  The Warrant was previously issued to Treasury in connection with the Company’s participation in the CPP.  The repurchase price of the Warrant was an agreed upon price of $537,633.  

Accordingly, the Company is no longer subject to restrictions of the CPP program.  The SBLF program does have its own requirements, which are summarized below:  

- 19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2011.  The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate 
Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 4.2% per annum based upon the current level of “Qualified Small Business Lending”, or “QSBL” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) by the Bank.  The dividend rate for 
dividend  periods  subsequent  to  the  initial  period  is  set  based  upon  the  “Percentage  Change  in  Qualified  Lending”  (as  defined  in  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement)  between  each  dividend  period  and  the  “Baseline”  QSBL 
level.  Such dividend rate may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend 
periods.   If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%.  Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the Bank’s QSBL 
increases.   The Company’s dividend rate as of the date of this report is 1.00%. Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to 
the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and is subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.    

The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the 
then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.  

The Company’s ability to pay common stock dividends is conditional on payment of the Series B Preferred Stock Dividends described above.  In addition, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly reports on QSBL 
lending, which must be audited annually.  The Company must also outreach and advertise the availability of QSBL to organizations and individuals who represent minorities, women and veterans.  The Company must annually 
certify that no business loans are made to principals of businesses who have been convicted of a sex crime against a minor.  Finally, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly, annual and other reports provided to 
shareholders concurrently with the Treasury.  

Limitations on Bank Dividends and Other Capital Distributions  

The FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a savings bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  Federal law also prohibits the 
payment of dividends by a bank that will result in the bank failing to meet its applicable capital requirements on a pro forma basis.  New York law also restricts the Bank from declaring a dividend that would reduce its capital below 
the  amount  that  is  required  to  be  maintained  by  state  law  and  regulation.  The  Bank  is  also  subject  to  dividend  notification  requirements  to  the  Federal  Reserve  by  virtue  of  the  Company  being  a  savings  and  loan  holding 
company.  The Federal Reserve may object to a proposed dividend if the Bank will become undercapitalized or the dividend is deemed to be unsafe or unsound or violate a law, regulation or order. An inability of the Bank to pay 
dividends may inhibit the Company’s ability to pay dividends.  

Prompt Corrective Action  

The federal banking agencies have promulgated regulations to implement the system of prompt corrective action required by federal law.  Under the regulations, a bank is deemed to be (i) “well capitalized” if it has total risk-based 
capital of 10% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5% or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk 
based capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4% or more (3% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”; (iii) 
“undercapitalized”  if  it  has  a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  8%,  a  Tier  I  risk-based  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  4%  or  a  Tier  I  leverage  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  4%  (3%  under  certain  circumstances);  (iv) 
“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized”
if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.  Federal law and regulations also specify circumstances under which a federal banking agency may reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately 
capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the FDIC may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as 
critically undercapitalized).  

- 20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The regulations require that savings banks that have insufficient capital take certain corrective actions.  For example, a savings bank that is categorized as “undercapitalized” is subject to growth limitations, may generally not make 
capital distributions, including paying dividends, and would be required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan.  A holding company that controls such a savings bank would be required to guarantee that the savings bank 
complies with the restoration plan in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets or the amount of capital needed for the institution to achieve compliance with regulatory capital requirements.  A “significantly 
undercapitalized” savings bank is subject to additional restrictions.  Savings banks deemed by the FDIC to be “critically undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator within specified time 
frames.  

The  Bank  currently  meets  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  a  “well  capitalized”  savings  institution.  The  previously  mentioned  final  regulatory  capital  rule  that  will  increase  regulatory  capital  requirements  will  adjust  the  prompt 
corrective action categories accordingly. Additional details can be found in Note 18 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.  

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders  

Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations. An affiliate of a savings bank is any 
company or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the savings bank, other than a subsidiary of the savings bank. In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a savings 
bank,  and  any  companies  that  are  controlled  by  such  parent  holding  company, are affiliates  of  the  savings  bank.  Generally,  Section  23A  limits  the  extent  to which  the  savings  bank  or  its  subsidiaries may  engage  in  “covered 
transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such savings bank’s capital stock and surplus and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital 
stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans or other extensions of credit to an affiliate, the purchase of assets from an affiliate, an investment in the securities of an affiliate, the acceptance of 
securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit, the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate and certain other transactions resulting in credit exposure to an affiliate.  Section 
23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for certain transactions such as loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees, acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered 
transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same, or no less favorable, to the savings bank or its subsidiary as similar transactions with nonaffiliates.  

Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations restrict a savings bank with respect to loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive 
officers and stockholders who control, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of voting securities of a savings bank and certain related interests of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such 
persons and affiliated entities, the savings bank’s total unimpaired capital and unimpaired  surplus. Section  22(h) also prohibits loans above  amounts prescribed by the appropriate federal banking agency  to directors, executive 
officers, and stockholders who control 10% or more of voting securities of a stock savings bank, and their respective related interests, unless such loan is approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the savings 
bank. Any “interested” director may not participate in the voting. Further, pursuant to Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders must generally be made on terms substantially the same as offered 
in comparable transactions to other persons. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.  

- 21 

 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Qualified Thrift Lender Test  

In order for the Company and the Mutual Holding Company to be regulated as savings and loan holding companies (rather than as bank holding companies), Pathfinder Bank must qualify as a Qualified Thrift Lender.  To qualify as 
a Qualified Thrift Lender, Pathfinder Bank must be a “domestic building and loan association,” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, or comply with the Qualified Thrift Lender test.  Under the Qualified Thrift Lender test, a 
savings bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct 
business)  in  certain  “qualified thrift  investments” (primarily  residential mortgages and  related  investments,  including  certain  mortgage-backed and  related  securities)  in  at least  nine months out  of each  12-month period.  As  of 
December 31, 2013 Pathfinder Bank met the Qualified Thrift Lender test.  

Supervisory Agreement  

During May 2009, the Company entered into a Supervisory Agreement with the OTS.  The agreement was issued in connection with the identification of certain violations of applicable statutory and regulatory restrictions on capital 
distributions and transactions with affiliates.  

On November 26, 2013, the Company was informed by the Federal Reserve that the Supervisory Agreement was hereby terminated, indicating that the Company has complied with the terms of the Agreement.  

Federal Holding Company Regulation  

General .  The Company and the Mutual Holding Company have elected to be regulated as savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act.  The Company and the Mutual Holding Company 
are registered with the Federal Reserve and are subject to Federal Reserve regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements.  As such, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over the Company and the 
Mutual Holding Company, and their non-savings institution subsidiaries.  Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary 
savings institution.  The Federal Reserve assumed regulatory authority over savings and loan holding companies from OTS on July 21, 2011, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.  See “The Dodd-Frank Act” above.  

Permitted Activities .  Under federal regulation and policy, a mutual holding company and a federally chartered mid-tier holding company, such as the Company, may engage in the following activities: (i) investing in the stock of a 
savings association; (ii) acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into a savings association subsidiary of such holding company or an interim savings association subsidiary of such holding company; 
(iii) merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of whose subsidiaries is a savings association; (iv) investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is available for purchase by a savings association under federal 
law  or  under  the  law  of  any  state  where  the  subsidiary  savings  association  or  associations  share  their  home  offices;  (v) furnishing  or  performing  management  services  for  a  savings  association  subsidiary  of  such  company; 
(vi) holding, managing or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings subsidiary of such company; (vii) holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings association subsidiary of such company; (viii) acting as 
trustee under deeds of trust; (ix) any other activity that (A)  has been deemed to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Federal Reserve, by regulation, 
prohibits or limits  any  such  activity for  savings and  loan holding companies; or  (B) in  which multiple savings and loan  holding companies were authorized (by  regulation)  to directly engage in  March 5,  1987;  (x) any activity 
permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act (provided certain criteria are met), including securities and insurance underwriting; and (xi) purchasing, holding, or disposing of 
stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is approved by the Federal Reserve.  If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another 
holding company, the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting from such merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in activities listed in (i) through (xi) above, and has a period of two years to 
cease any nonconforming activities and divest of any nonconforming investments.  

- 22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Federal Law Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring another savings association or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of 
the Federal Reserve.  It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary savings association, a nonsubsidiary holding company, or a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities 
other than those permitted by federal law; or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured.  In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings associations, the Federal Reserve must 
consider factors such as the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and association involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the deposit insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the 
community and competitive factors.  

The Federal Reserve is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings associations in more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (i) the approval 
of  interstate  supervisory  acquisitions  by  savings  and  loan  holding  companies,  and  (ii) the  acquisition  of  a  savings  institution  in  another  state  if  the  laws  of  the  state  of  the  target  savings  institution  specifically  permit  such 
acquisitions.  The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.  

Unlike bank  holding  companies, savings and loan holding companies  are not currently subject to specific consolidated regulatory capital  requirements.  The Dodd-Frank  Act, however, requires the promulgation of such capital 
requirements for depository institution holding companies, including savings and loan holding companies, that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions 
themselves.  The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act’s directive as to savings and loan holding companies.  The consolidated regulatory capital requirements will 
apply to savings and loan holding companies as of January 1, 2015.  As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.  

The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies.  The Federal Reserve has promulgated regulations implementing the “source of strength” policy that require savings and loan 
holding companies to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.  

The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and other capital distributions by bank holding companies that it has made applicable to savings and loan holding companies as well.  In general, 
the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and 
overall  financial  condition.  Regulatory  guidance  provides  for  prior  regulatory  consultation as  to  capital distributions in certain  circumstances  such as  where  the  company’s net income  for  the  past  three  years,  net of  dividends 
previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition.  The ability of a holding 
company  to  pay  dividends  may  be  restricted  if  a  subsidiary  depository  institution  becomes  undercapitalized.  The  guidance  also  provides  for  regulatory  review  prior  to  a  holding  company  redeeming  or  repurchasing  capital 
instruments in certain situations. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.  

- 23 

 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Since the Company has chosen to participate in the Treasury’s SBLF program, it is permitted to pay dividends on its common stock provided certain Tier 1 capital minimums are exceeded and SBLF dividends have been declared 
and paid to Treasury as of the most recent dividend period.  

Waivers of Dividends by Mutual Holding Company.   The Dodd-Frank Act requires federally-chartered mutual holding companies to give the Federal Reserve notice before waiving the receipt of dividends, and provides that in the 
case  of  “grandfathered”  mutual  holding  companies,  like  the  Mutual  Holding  Company,  the  Federal  Reserve  “may  not  object”  to  a  dividend  waiver  if  the  board  of  directors  of  the  mutual  holding  company  waiving  dividends 
determines that the waiver: (i) would not be detrimental to the safe and sound operation of the subsidiary savings bank; and (ii) is consistent with the board’s fiduciary duties to members of the mutual holding company.  To qualify 
as a grandfathered mutual holding company, a mutual holding company must have been formed, issued stock and waived dividends prior to December 1, 2009.  The Dodd-Frank Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not 
consider waived dividends in determining an appropriate exchange ratio upon the conversion of a grandfathered mutual holding company to stock form.  In September 2011, however, the Federal Reserve issued an interim final rule 
that  also requires, as  a  condition to waiving  dividends, that  each  mutual  holding company  obtain the  approval  of a  majority of the  eligible votes of its members  within 12 months  prior to the declaration of  the dividend being 
waived.  The Federal Reserve has requested comments on the interim final rule, and there can be no assurance that the rule will be amended to eliminate or modify the member vote requirement for dividend waivers by grandfathered 
mutual holding companies, such as the Mutual Holding Company in the future, or as to what conditions the Federal Reserve may place on any dividend waivers.  The Mutual Holding Company has not requested a current dividend 
waiver and, is not planning to waive future dividends at this time.  

Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to Stock Form .  Federal regulations permit the Mutual Holding Company to convert from the mutual form of organization to the capital stock form of organization (a “Conversion 
Transaction”).  There can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction will occur.  In a Conversion Transaction a new holding company would be formed as the successor to the Company (the “New Holding Company”), 
the Mutual Holding Company’s corporate existence would end, and certain depositors of the Bank would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of the New Holding Company.  In a Conversion Transaction, each share of 
common  stock held  by stockholders other  than  the  Mutual  Holding  Company (“Minority  Stockholders”)  would be  automatically  converted into a  number  of shares  of  common stock  of  the  New  Holding  Company  determined 
pursuant to an exchange ratio (determined by an independent valuation) that ensures that Minority Stockholders own the same percentage of common stock in the New Holding Company as they owned in the Company immediately 
prior to the Conversion Transaction.    The total number of shares held by Minority Stockholders after a Conversion Transaction also would be increased by any purchases by Minority Stockholders in the stock offering conducted as 
part of the Conversion Transaction. Under a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act applicable to the Mutual Minority Stockholders should not be diluted because of any dividends waived by the Mutual Holding Company (and waived 
dividends should not be considered in determining an appropriate exchange ratio), in the event the Mutual Holding Company converts to stock form. Any such Conversion Transaction would require various member and stockholder 
approvals, as well as regulatory approval.  

- 24 

 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Federal Securities Law  

The common stock of the Company is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”).  The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions 
and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.  

The Company Common Stock held by persons who are affiliates (generally officers, directors and principal stockholders) of the Company may not be resold without registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale 
restrictions.  If the Company meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of the Company is able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.  

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting  

The  Company  maintains  an  Internet website located at www.pathfinderbank.com on which, among other things, the Company makes available, free of  charge, various reports that it files with or furnishes to the  Securities and 
Exchange  Commission,  including  its  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  and  current  reports  on  Form  8-K.  These  reports  are  made  available  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  filing  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company has also made available on its website its Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Governance Guidelines (which serve as the Nominating / Governance 
Committee’s charter) and Code of Ethics.  

The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K may be accessed on the Company’s website at www.pathfinderbank.com /annualmeeting .  

Federal Reserve System  

The  Federal Reserve requires  all depository  institutions  to maintain  noninterest-bearing  reserves  at specified levels against their transaction accounts  (primarily checking, money management  and  NOW  checking  accounts).  At 
December 31, 2013, the Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements.  

Federal Community Reinvestment Regulation  

Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as amended (the “CRA”), as implemented by FDIC regulations, a savings bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the 
credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to 
develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.  The CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a savings institution, to assess the 
institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.  

The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system.  The Bank’s latest CRA rating was “satisfactory.”  

New York State Community Reinvestment Regulation  

The  Bank  is  also  subject  to  provisions  of  the  New  York  State  Banking  Law  which  impose  continuing  and  affirmative  obligations  upon  banking  institutions  organized  in  New  York  State  to  serve  the  credit  needs  of  its  local 
community (“NYCRA”) which are substantially similar to those imposed by the CRA.  Pursuant to the NYCRA, a bank must file an annual NYCRA report and copies of all federal CRA reports with the Department.  The NYCRA 
requires  the  Department to make  a biennial written assessment of a  bank’s compliance  with the NYCRA,  utilizing a  four-tiered rating  system  and  make  such  assessment  available to  the  public.  The  NYCRA  also  requires  the 
Superintendent to consider a bank’s NYCRA rating when reviewing a bank’s application to engage in certain transactions, including mergers, asset purchases and the establishment of branch offices or automated teller machines, and 
provides that such assessment may serve as a basis for the denial of any such application.  The Bank’s NYCRA rating as of its latest examination was “satisfactory.”  

- 25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes Oxley”) was signed into law on July 30, 2002.  Sarbanes-Oxley is a law that addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and 
enhanced and timely  disclosure of  corporate information.  As  directed by Section 302(a)  of Sarbanes-Oxley, the  Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are each  required to  certify  that the Company’s 
quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact.  The rules have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly 
evaluating the  effectiveness of  our  internal  controls; they  have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors  about our internal controls; and they have included information in our 
quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the evaluation.  As part of 
the Dodd-Frank Act, the outside auditor attestation requirement on internal controls of companies with less than $75 million in market capitalization, like the Company, was rescinded.  Disclosure of management attestations on 
internal control over financial reporting will continue to be required for smaller reporting companies, including the Company.  We have existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and 
continue to further enhance and document our policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.  

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION  

Federal Taxation  

The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company or the Bank.  

Bad Debt Reserves .   Prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1996 (“the 1996 Act”), the Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve.  The Bank has chosen to be on the direct charge-
off method, net of recoveries, in its calculation of taxable income.  

Taxable Distributions and Recapture .  Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income should the Bank fail to meet certain thrift asset and definitional   
tests.  New federal legislation eliminated these thrift related recapture rules.  However, under current law, pre-1988 reserves remain subject to recapture should the Bank cease to retain a bank or thrift charter or make certain non-
dividend distributions.  

Minimum Tax .   The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences ("alternative minimum taxable income" or "AMTI").  The 
AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount.  Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI.  Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax 
liabilities in future years.  

Net Operating Loss Carryovers .  A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  

- 26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
State Taxation  

New York Taxation .  The Company is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations in an annual amount equal to the greater of (i) 7.1% of the Bank's "entire net income" allocable to New York State 
during the taxable year, or (ii) the applicable alternative minimum tax.  The alternative minimum tax is generally the greater of (a) 0.01% of the value of the Bank's assets allocable to New York State with certain modifications, 
(b) 3% of the Company’s "alternative entire net income" allocable to New York State, or (c) $1,250.  Entire net income is similar to federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications and alternative entire net income is equal to 
entire net income without certain modifications.  Net operating losses arising in the current period can be carried forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  

Neither the Internal Revenue Service nor New York State has examined our federal or state tax returns within the past 5 years.  

ITEM 1A : RISK FACTORS  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

ITEM 1B :  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None.  

- 27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
ITEM 2 : PROPERTIES  

The Bank conducts its business through its main office located in Oswego, New York, six branch offices located in Oswego County, a branch location in Onondaga County. The Bank anticipates opening a branch in Syracuse, New 
York  in the second quarter of 2014.  Management believes that the Bank’s facilities are adequate for the business conducted. The following table sets forth certain information concerning the main office and each branch office of 
the Bank at December 31, 2013.  The aggregate net book value of the Bank's premises and equipment was $11.6 million at December 31, 2013.  For additional information regarding the Bank's properties, see Notes 8 and 16 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.  

LOCATION  

Main Office  
214 West First Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Plaza Branch  
Route 104, Ames Plaza  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Mexico Branch  
Norman & Main Streets  
Mexico, New York  13114  

Oswego East Branch  
34 East Bridge Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Lacona Branch  
1897 Harwood Drive  
Lacona, New York 13083  

Fulton Branch  
5 West First Street South  
Fulton, New York  13069  

Central Square Branch  
3025 East Ave  
Central Square, New York  13036  

Cicero Branch  
6194 State Route 31  
Cicero, New York 13039  

Syracuse Branch  
302-310 South Salina Street  
Syracuse, New York 13202  

OPENING DATE  

1874  

1989  

1978  

1994  

2002  

2003  

2005  

2011  

2014  

(1)   The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $22,000  
(2)   The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $33,000  
(3)   The premises will be leased upon opening in 2Q 2014 with an annual rent of $58,000  

- 28 

OWNED/LEASED  

Owned  

     Owned (1)  

Owned  

Owned  

Owned  

     Owned (2)  

Owned  

Owned  

Leased (3)  

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

There are various claims and lawsuits to which the Company is periodically involved that are incidental to the Company's business.  In the opinion of management, such claims and lawsuits in the aggregate are not expected to have a 
material adverse impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition and results of operations .  

ITEM 4: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE  

Not applicable  

PART  II  

ITEM 5 :  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "PBHC".  There were 420 shareholders of record as of March 14, 2014.  The following table sets forth the high and low 
closing bid prices and dividends paid per share of common stock for the periods indicated:  

Quarter Ended:  
December 31, 2013  
September 30, 2013  
June 30, 2013  
March 31, 2013  
December 31, 2012  
September 30, 2012  
June 30, 2012  
March 31, 2012  

Dividends and Dividend History  

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

High   
14.03   
16.00   
15.75   
13.04   
11.00   
10.65   
10.00   
9.75   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Low   
12.78   
12.47   
11.40   
10.30   
10.00   
9.00   
8.80   
8.83   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Dividend   
Paid   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   

The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock.  The Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to the need for those funds for 
debt service and other purposes.  Payment of dividends on the common stock is subject to determination and declaration by the Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, regulatory 
limitations on the payment of dividends, Pathfinder Bank and its subsidiaries’ results of operations and financial condition, tax considerations, and general economic conditions.  The Company's mutual holding company, Pathfinder 
Bancorp, M.H.C., may elect to waive or receive dividends each time the Company declares a dividend.  Dividend waivers must receive the non-objection of the Federal Reserve and the approval of the Mutual Holding Company’s 
members who are comprised of the Bank’s depositors.  Historically, the Federal Reserve has not provided its non-objection to the waiver of dividends by mutual holding companies.  The Mutual Holding Company did not waive the 
right to receive its portion of the cash dividends declared during 2013 or 2012.  

The Company has confirmed that there were no stock repurchases in the three month period ending December 31, 2013.  

- 29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

The Company is the parent company of the Bank and Pathfinder Statutory Trust II.  The Bank has four operating subsidiaries – Pathfinder Commercial Bank, Pathfinder REIT, Inc., Pathfinder Risk Management Company, Inc., and 
Whispering Oaks Development Corp.  

The  following  selected consolidated financial data  sets forth certain financial highlights  of the  Company and should  be  read in  conjunction with  the consolidated  financial  statements and related notes,  and  the "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere  in this annual report on  Form 10-K.  

Year End ( In thousands )  
Total assets  
Investment securities (AFS)  
Investment securities (HTM)  
Loans receivable, net  
Deposits  
Advances or borrowings  
Equity  

For the Year ( In thousands )  
Net interest income  
Core noninterest income (a)  
Net gains on sales, redemptions and  

impairment of investment securities  
Net gains (losses) on sales of loans and  

foreclosed real estate  
Noninterest expense (b)  
Regulatory assessments  
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Provision for loan losses  
Net income attributable to the Company  

Per Share  
Net income (basic)  
Net income (diluted)  
Book value per common share  
Tangible book value per common share (c)  
Cash dividends declared  

Performance Ratios  
Return on average assets  
Return on average equity  
Return on average tangible equity (c)  
Return on average common equity  
Average equity to average assets  
Equity to total assets at end of period  
Dividend payout ratio (d)  
Net interest rate spread  
Net interest margin  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2013       

2012       

2011       

2010       

  $ 

503,793   
80,959   
34,412   
336,592   
410,140   
40,853   
43,070   

  $ 

477,796   
108,339   
-  
329,247   
391,805   
34,964   
40,747   

  $ 

442,980   
100,395   
-  
300,770   
366,129   
26,074   
37,841   

  $ 

408,545   
85,327   
-  
281,648   
326,502   
41,000   
30,592   

15,619   
2,581   

  $ 

14,857   
2,627   

  $ 

14,263   
2,451   

  $ 

13,331   
2,854   

  $ 

  $ 

375   

61   
13,207   
311   
18,765   
3,908   
825   
2,648   

0.88   
0.87   
10.60   
9.13   
0.12   

0.57 % 
6.68   
7.40   
8.26   
8.48   
8.53   
11.37   
3.38   
3.50   

791   

(50 ) 
12,758   
390   
18,604   
4,341   
940   
2,323   

  $ 

0.53   
0.52   
9.49   
8.02   
0.12   

0.55 % 
6.75   
7.59   
5.09   
8.21   
8.54   
12.87   
3.62   
3.76   

211   

(45 ) 
11,274   
515   
18,139   
4,808   
1,050   
2,505   

  $ 

0.82   
0.82   
9.81   
8.26   
0.12   

0.64 % 
8.07   
9.20   
8.20   
7.89   
7.49   
11.90   
3.58   
3.73   

  $ 

365   

470   
14,336   
415   
18,883   
3,264   
1,032   
2,406   

0.96   
0.95   
11.33   
10.16   
0.12   

0.48 % 
5.86   
6.47   
8.58   
8.24   
8.55   
12.47   
3.32   
3.43   

- 30 

2009   

371,692   
72,754   
-  
259,387   
296,839   
36,000   
29,238   

11,777   
2,724   

112   

54   
10,381   
745   
17,806   
6,029   
876   
1,615   

0.61   
0.61   
9.31   
7.77   
0.12   

0.45 % 
7.04   
8.45   
7.10   
6.40   
7.87   
18.45   
3.40   
3.56   

 
 
 
 
   
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Year End ( In thousands )  

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities  
Noninterest income to average assets  
Noninterest expense to average assets  
Efficiency ratio (e)  

Asset Quality Ratios  
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans  
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets  
Allowance for loan losses to loans receivable  
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming loans  

Regulatory Capital Ratios (Bank Only)  
Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)  

Number of:  
Banking offices  
Fulltime equivalent employees  

2013       

2012       

2011       

2010       

2009   

115.85   
0.69   
2.96   
79.14   

1.57 % 
1.18   
1.48   
94.22   

14.1 % 
12.8   
8.7   

8   
112   

113.89   
0.66   
2.89   
75.53   

1.66 % 
1.25   
1.35   
81.13   

14.2 % 
12.9   
8.8   

8   
110   

112.22   
0.76   
3.14   
77.56   

1.55 % 
1.19   
1.31   
84.18   

14.9 % 
13.7   
9.4   

8   
110   

110.84   
0.77   
3.00   
71.95   

2.08 % 
1.54   
1.28   
61.58   

13.5 % 
12.2   
8.1   

7   
105   

109.05   
0.81   
3.10   
76.36   

0.88 % 
0.67   
1.17   
133.07   

14.0 % 
12.7   
8.4   

7   
99   

(a)   Exclusive of net gains (losses) on sales and impairment of investment securities and net gains (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  
(b)   Exclusive of regulatory assessments.  
(c)    Tangible equity excludes intangible assets.  
(d)   The dividend payout ratio is calculated using dividends declared and not waived by the Mutual Holding Company, divided by net income.  
(e)    The efficiency ratio is calculated as noninterest expense, including regulatory assessments, divided by the sum of taxable-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income excluding net gains on sales, redemptions and 

impairment of investment securities and net gains (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  

ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                           

INTRODUCTION  

Throughout  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  (“MD&A”)  the  term,  “the  Company”,  refers  to  the  consolidated  entity  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  Pathfinder  Bank  and  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II  are  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., however, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II is not consolidated for reporting purposes (see Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements).  Pathfinder Commercial Bank, Pathfinder REIT, Inc., 
Pathfinder  Risk  Management  Company,  Inc.,  and  Whispering  Oaks  Development  Corp.  are  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of  Pathfinder  Bank.  At  December  31,  2013,  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  M.H.C,  the  Company’s  mutual  holding 
company parent, whose activities are not included in the consolidated financial statements or the MD&A, held 60.4% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and the public held 39.6% of the outstanding common stock.  

The Company's business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable, and independent community bank dedicated to providing value-added products and services to our customers.  Generally, the Company has sought to 
implement this strategy by emphasizing retail, business, and municipal deposits as its primary source of funds.  These funds are redeployed in locally-originated residential first mortgage loans, loans to business enterprises operating 
in  its  markets,  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  in  investment  securities.  Specifically,  the  Company's  business  strategy  incorporates  the  following  elements:  (i)  operating  as  an  independent  community-oriented  financial  institution;  (ii) 
maintaining capital  in  excess of  regulatory  requirements;  (iii)  emphasizing  investment  in  one-to-four  family  residential mortgage loans,  loans  to small  businesses,  and  investment  securities;  and  (iv)  maintaining  a strong  retail, 
business and municipal deposit base.  

- 31 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The Company's net income is primarily dependent on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned on its investments in mortgage and other loans, investment securities and other assets, and its cost 
of funds consisting of interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  The Company's net income is also affected by its provision for loan losses, noninterest income (service charges and servicing rights, net gains and losses on sales and 
redemptions of securities, loans and foreclosed real estate), noninterest expense (employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, data processing costs), and income taxes.  Earnings of the Company are also 
affected  significantly  by  general  economic  and  competitive  conditions,  particularly  changes  in  market  interest  rates,  government  policies,  and  actions  of  regulatory  authorities.  These  events  are  beyond  the  control  of  the 
Company.  In particular, the general level of market interest rates tend to be highly cyclical.  

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The  Company's consolidated financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted in  the  United  States  and  follow practices  within  the  banking  industry.  Application  of  these  principles 
requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on 
information available as  of the date  of the  financial  statements;  accordingly, as  this  information changes, the  financial  statements could  reflect different estimates, assumptions  and judgments.  Certain  policies  inherently  have  a 
greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  Estimates, assumptions and judgments are 
necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event.  Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more 
financial  statement  volatility.  The  fair  values,  and  information  used  to  record  valuation  adjustments  for  certain  assets  and  liabilities,  are  based  on  quoted  market  prices  or  are  provided  by  other  third-party  sources,  when 
available.  When third party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated in good faith by management.  

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.  These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in 
this discussion, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the consolidated financial statements and how those values are determined.  Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of 
financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the allowance for loan losses, deferred income taxes, pension obligations, the evaluation of investment 
securities for other than temporary impairment, the annual evaluation of the Company’s goodwill for possible impairment, and the estimation of fair values for accounting and disclosure purposes to be the accounting areas that 
require the most subjective and complex judgments.  These areas could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available. Management performs an annual evaluation of the Company’s goodwill for possible 
impairment.  Based on the results of the 2013 evaluation, management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2013.  The evaluation approach is described in Note 9 of the consolidated 
financial statements.  

- 32 

 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it 
requires significant judgment on the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and 
consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.  The Company establishes a specific allowance for all commercial loans in excess of the total related credit threshold of 
$100,000 and single borrower residential mortgage loans in excess of the total related credit threshold of $300,000 identified as being impaired which are on nonaccrual and have been risk rated under the Company’s risk rating 
system as substandard, doubtful, or loss. In addition, an accruing substandard loan could be identified as being impaired.  The measurement of impaired loans is generally based upon the present value of future cash flows discounted 
at the historical effective interest rate, except that all collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell.  The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral-
dependent.  For all other loans and leases, the Company uses the general allocation methodology that establishes an allowance to estimate the probable incurred loss for each risk-rating category.  The loan portfolio also represents 
the largest asset type on the consolidated statement of condition.  Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses and a discussion of the factors driving 
changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in this report.  

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability method.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the future tax consequences.  This is attributable to the differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases as well as net operating and capital loss carry forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted 
tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The affect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax 
expense in the period that includes the enactment date.  If current available evidence about the future raises doubt about the likelihood of a deferred tax asset being realized, a valuation allowance is established.  The judgment about 
the  level  of  future  taxable  income,  including  that  which  is  considered  capital,  is  inherently  subjective  and  is  reviewed  on  a  continual  basis  as  regulatory  and  business  factors  change.  A  valuation  allowance  of  $458,000  was 
maintained at December 31, 2013, as management believes it may not generate sufficient capital gains to offset its capital loss carry forward.  The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due primarily to non-
taxable income from investment securities and bank owned life insurance.  

Pension and postretirement benefit plan liabilities and expenses are based upon actuarial assumptions of future events, including fair value of plan assets, interest rates, and the length of time the Company will have to provide those 
benefits.  The assumptions used by management are discussed in Note 12 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.  

The Company carries all of its available-for-sale investments at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses reported net of tax as an adjustment to shareholders' equity and included in accumulated other comprehensive income 
(loss), except for the credit-related portion of debt security impairment losses and other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of equity securities which are charged to earnings.  The Company's ability to fully realize the value of its 
investments  in  various  securities,  including  corporate  debt  securities,  is  dependent  on  the  underlying  creditworthiness  of  the  issuing  organization.  In  evaluating  the  debt  security  (both  available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity) 
portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) if we intend to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost; (2) if it is “more likely than not” we will be required to sell the security before 
recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) if the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. When the fair value of a held-to-maturity or available-for-sale security is less than its 
amortized cost basis, an assessment is made as to whether other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) is present.  The Company considers numerous factors when determining whether a potential OTTI exists and the period over 
which the debt security is expected to recover.  The principal factors considered are (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, (2) the financial condition of the issue and 
(guarantor, if any) and adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry or geographic area, (3) failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments, (4) any changes to the rating of the 
security by a rating agency, and (5) the presence of credit enhancements, if any, including the guarantee of the federal government or any of its agencies.  

- 33 

 
   
   
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The estimation of fair value is significant to several of our assets; including investment securities available for sale, interest rate derivative (discussed in detail in Note 19 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained 
herein), intangible assets, foreclosed real estate, and the value of loan collateral when valuing loans.  These are all recorded at either fair value, or the lower of cost or fair value. Fair values are determined based on third party 
sources, when available.  Furthermore, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments as a part of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  Fair 
values on our available-for-sale securities may be influenced by a number of factors; including market interest rates, prepayment speeds, discount rates, and the shape of yield curves.  

Fair values for securities available for sale are obtained from an independent third party pricing service.  Where available, fair values are based on quoted prices on a nationally recognized securities exchange.  If quoted prices are 
not available, fair values are measured using quoted market prices for similar benchmark securities.  Management made no adjustments to the fair value quotes that were provided by the pricing source.  The fair values of foreclosed 
real  estate  and  the  underlying  collateral  value  of  impaired  loans are  typically  determined  based on  evaluations  by third  parties,  less estimated  costs  to  sell.  When  necessary, appraisals  are updated  to  reflect changes  in  market 
conditions.  

RECENT EVENTS  

On December 4, 2013, the Company announced that through its subsidiary, Pathfinder Bank, and its subsidiary, Pathfinder Risk Management Inc. (“Risk Management”), a Purchase and Sale Agreement was executed to acquire a 
majority interest in the Fitzgibbons Agency, LLC (“Fitzgibbons”), a local insurance agency serving the same geographic area as Pathfinder Bank.   Details of this transaction are included in Note 23 to these financial statements.  

On December 19, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $.03 per common share.  The dividend is payable on February 7, 2014 to shareholders of record on January 15, 2014.  

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Most earnings performance metrics for 2013 generally declined from those reported for 2012.  While basic and diluted earnings per share improved over 2012, net income, return on average assets, return on average equity, and net 
interest margin all decreased in 2013.  

Net income for 2013 was $2.4 million, a $242,000 decrease from 2012.Return on average assets and return on average equity were 0.48% and 5.86%, respectively, as compared to 0.57% and 6.68% in 2012.  Net interest income 
increased $762,000 in 2013 as compared to 2012 due to an increase in earning assets and a reduction in the rates paid on interest bearing liabilities.  Additionally, increases in personnel costs, an increase in the provision for loan 
losses and increases in other expenses all contributed to the decrease in net income. Partially offsetting these year over year increases in expenses was the receipt of $395,000 from the sale of $8.8 million of residential loans in 
2013.  The reasons for these changes are provided in the sections titled “Noninterest Income” and “Noninterest Expense”.  

- 34 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Total assets increased $26.0 million to $503.8 million, partially funded by deposits which grew by $18.3 million during 2013 primarily as a result of increases in money market deposit accounts and CDARS deposits.  These funds 
were invested in the loan portfolio and the investment securities portfolio, with the remainder in cash. Growth of the loan portfolio was limited by the previously mentioned residential loan sale as gross loans grew 2.4% to $341.6 
million. The Company’s opening of its downtown Syracuse branch office is expected to enhance its commercial and consumer loan business within Onondaga County.  

Asset quality continues to report mixed results as net loan charge-offs as a percentage of period end loans for 2013 were 0.15% as compared to 0.10% in 2012.  Net charge-offs for 2013 were $492,000 as compared to $304,000 in 
2012 with the increase residing in all major product segments.  The charge-offs were previously provided for within the allowance for loan losses.  Management continues to adhere to conservative underwriting policies and works 
closely with borrowers who have experienced difficulty in order to mitigate loss to the Bank. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to year end loans increased slightly to 1.48% at December 31, 2013 as compared to 1.35% at 
December 31, 2012 and 1.31% at December 31, 2011.  The increase in 2013 was caused, in part, by the need for a specific reserve established in the first quarter of 2013 for one large commercial borrower.  Nonperforming loans to 
year end loans declined modestly to 1.57% at December 31, 2013 from 1.66% at December 31, 2012.  Delinquency trends worsened modestly when comparing total past due loans as a percent of total loans at December 31, 2013 as 
compared to December 31, 2012, with the largest increase within the 60-89 day past due category and centered in the commercial segment.  

The Company’s shareholders’ equity increased $2.0 million to $42.7 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.  The $2.1 million increase in retained earnings between these two time periods resulted largely from the 
generation of earnings less dividends declared.  

Net Interest Income  

Net interest income is the Company's primary source of operating income for payment of operating expenses and providing for possible loan losses.  It is the amount by which interest earned on interest-earning deposits, loans and 
investment securities exceeds the interest paid on deposits and borrowed money.  Changes in net interest income and the net interest margin ratio result from the interaction between the volume and composition of earning assets, 
interest-bearing liabilities, and their respective yields and funding costs.  

The following comments refer to the table of Average Balances and Rates and the Rate/Volume Analysis, both of which follow below.  

Net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased $788,000, or 5.2%, to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The increase in net interest 
income is principally due to the increase in average commercial loan balances and the decrease in rates paid on time deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLBNY”) borrowings.  When comparing 2013 against 2012, the yield 
on average earning assets declined by 27 basis points, whereas the rates paid on interest bearing liabilities declined by 21 basis points. The Company's net interest margin for 2013 decreased to 3.43% from 3.50% in 2012.  

The average balance of interest-earning assets increased $31.5 million, or 7.2%, during 2013 and the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased by $20.7 million, or 5.4%.  The increase in the average balance of interest 
earning assets primarily resulted from a $24.9 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio.  This was funded by the increase in interest-bearing liabilities primarily in NOW, money market, (“MMDA”) and savings 
and club accounts. Interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased $144,000, or 0.8%, during 2013.  The decrease in yield on interest earning assets to 4.13% in 2013 from 4.40% in 2012 was more than offset by the increase in 
average volume.  This increase in average volume was centered in the commercial loan products.  Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities decreased $644,000, or 16.5%, as the rates paid dropped 21 basis points to 0.81% in 
2013 from 1.02% in 2012.  Maturing time deposits were either replaced at current lower market rates or, at the customer’s option, invested in MMDA.  FHLBNY advances were replaced with advances of a shorter term and at 
current lower market rates.  

- 35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Average Balances and Rates  

The following table sets forth information concerning average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the yields and rates thereon. Interest income and resultant yield information in the table is on a fully tax-
equivalent basis using marginal federal income tax rates of 34%. Averages are computed on the daily average balance for each month in the period divided by the number of days in the period. Yields and amounts earned include 
loan fees. Nonaccrual loans have been included in interest-earning assets for purposes of these calculations.  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:  

Real estate loans residential  
Real estate loans commercial  
Commercial loans  
Consumer loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities  
Interest-earning time deposit  
Interest-earning deposits  

Total interest-earning assets  

Noninterest-earning assets:  

Other assets  
Allowance for loan losses  
Net unrealized gains  

on available for sale securities 

Total assets  

Interest-bearing liabilities:  

NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

Total interest-bearing liabilities  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:  

Demand deposits  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Shareholders' equity  

Total liabilities & shareholders' 

equity  
Net interest income  
Net interest rate spread  
Net interest margin  
Ratio of average interest-earning 
assets  

to average interest-bearing 

liabilities  

2013  

Interest   

7,810   
4,729   
2,441   
1,416   
1,748   
1,152   
19   
7   
19,322   

80   
26   
364   
54   
1,954   
162   
624   
3,264   

Average      
Balance   

172,294       $ 
90,042      
51,218      
25,178      
94,597      
25,972      
1,612      
6,901      

467,814   

  $ 

33,809      
(4,865 )    

1,088      

497,846   

37,733   
13,962   
81,734   
69,284   
160,823   
5,155   
35,128   
403,819   

48,814      
4,185      

456,818   
41,028   

For the Years Ended December 31,  
2012  

Average   
Yield /   
Cost   

4.53 %    $ 
5.25 %   
4.77 %   
5.62 %   
1.85 %   
4.44 %   
1.18 %   
0.10 %   
4.13 %   

   $ 

0.21 %    $ 
0.19 %   
0.45 %   
0.08 %   
1.22 %   
3.14 %   
1.78 %   
0.81 %   

Interest   

8,233   
4,194   
2,161   
1,535   
1,927   
1,100   
24   
4   
19,178   

82   
43   
427   
54   
2,290   
169   
843   
3,908   

   $ 

Average   
Balance   

168,354   
72,894   
45,598   
26,956   
93,352   
23,716   
1,994   
3,426   
436,290   

32,593   
(4,224 )    

   $ 

2,594   
467,253   

31,819   
14,395   
77,401   
63,962   
159,283   
5,155   
31,079   
383,094   

40,759   
3,765   
427,618   
39,635   

Average   
Yield /   
Cost   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

4.89 % 
5.75 % 
4.74 % 
5.69 % 
2.06 % 
4.64 % 
1.20 % 
0.12 % 
4.40 % 

0.26 % 
0.30 % 
0.55 % 
0.08 % 
1.44 % 
3.28 % 
2.71 % 
1.02 % 

2011  

Interest   

8,029   
4,372   
1,904   
1,726   
2,231   
571   
2   
5   
18,840   

87   
43   
438   
78   
2,590   
163   
942   
4,341   

  $ 

Average   
Balance   

153,735   
70,050   
38,533   
28,468   
79,236   
11,716   
176   
4,147   
386,061   

35,647   
(3,872 )    

1,293   
419,129   

30,274   
12,964   
64,352   
60,713   
139,299   
5,155   
31,255   
344,012   

35,971   
4,722   
384,705   
34,424   

  $ 

497,846   

   $ 

467,253   

  $ 

419,129   

  $ 

16,058   

   $ 

15,270   

  $ 

14,499      

3.32 %   
3.43 %   

115.85 %   

- 36 

3.38 %   
3.50 % 

113.89 % 

Average   
Yield /   
Cost   

5.22 % 
6.24 % 
4.94 % 
6.06 % 
2.82 % 
4.87 % 
1.14 % 
0.12 % 
4.88 % 

0.29 % 
0.33 % 
0.68 % 
0.13 % 
1.86 % 
3.16 % 
3.01 % 
1.26 % 

3.62 % 
3.76 % 

112.22 % 

 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
       
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Interest Income  

Changes in interest income result from changes in the average balances of loans, securities, and interest-earning deposits and the related yields on those balances.  Interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased $144,000, or 
0.8%.  

Average interest earning asset balances increased $31.5 million, or 7.2% in 2013, with yields decreasing 27 basis points to 4.13%.  The Company's average residential mortgage loan portfolio increased modestly by $3.9 million, or 
2.3%, due principally to the previously mentioned loan sale. The average yield on this portfolio decreased 36 basis points to 4.53% in 2013 as higher rate amortizing mortgages were replaced with new originations reflecting current 
market rates.  The average balance of commercial real estate loans increased $17.1 million, or 23.5%, and the yield decreased 50 basis points to 5.25% in 2013.  Average commercial loans increased $5.6 million, or 12.3%, while the 
yield increased 3 basis points to 4.77% in 2013.  This increase in average commercial loans reflects the Company’s plan to continue to diversify its loan portfolio.  

Interest income on consumer loans decreased $119,000 in 2013 from the prior year period due to a 6.6% decline in average balances and a 7 basis point decrease in yield.  

Interest income on taxable investment securities decreased 9.3% from 2012 as the average yield decreased 21 basis points from 2012 to 2013.  Interest income on tax-exempt securities increased $52,000, or 4.7%, when compared to 
the prior year as tax-equivalent yields on these issues continued to be attractive investment alternatives.  

Interest Expense  

Changes in interest expense result from changes in the average balances of deposits and borrowings and the related interest costs on those balances.  Interest expense decreased $644,000, or 16.5%, in 2013 compared to 2012.  The 
average rate paid on all interest-bearing liabilities was 0.81% in 2013 as compared to 1.02% in 2012, a 21 basis point decrease.  The decrease in interest expense was largely due to the decrease in rates paid on time deposits as 
maturing certificates  of deposit were either  replaced at lower  current  market  rates  or  invested  in MMDA.  Additionally, interest expense on  FHLBNY  borrowings  declined  as higher  rate maturing advances  were  replaced with 
advances of a shorter duration and lower rate.  A smaller but noteworthy component of the decrease in interest expense was the $63,000 decrease in year over year expenses on MMDA as the company successfully gathered higher 
average balances of MMDA at lower rates paid.  

- 37 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Rate/Volume Analysis  

Net interest income can also be analyzed in terms of the impact of changing interest rates on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and changes in the volume or amount of these assets and liabilities. The following 
table represents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods 
indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by 
prior volume); and (iii) total increase or decrease.  Changes attributable to both rate and volume have been allocated ratably.  

(In thousands)  
Interest Income:  

Real estate loans residential  
Real estate loans commercial  
Commercial loans  
Consumer loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities  
Interest-earning time deposits  
Interest-earning deposits  
Total interest income  

Interest Expense:  
NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

Total interest expense  
Net change in net interest income  

Provision for Loan Losses  

2013 vs. 2012  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

2012 vs. 2011  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

Years Ended December 31,  

Volume       

Rate       

Total       
Increase       
(Decrease)       

Volume       

Rate       

Total    
Increase    

(Decrease)   

  $ 

  $ 

189   
924   
268   
(100 ) 
25   
102   
(5 ) 
3   
1,406   

14   
(1 ) 
23   
4   
22   
-  
99   
161   
1,245   

  $ 

  $ 

(612 ) 
(389 ) 
12   
(19 ) 
(204 ) 
(50 ) 
-  
-  
(1,262 ) 

(16 ) 
(16 ) 
(86 ) 
(4 ) 
(358 ) 
(7 ) 
(318 ) 
(805 ) 
(457 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

(423 ) 
535   
280   
(119 ) 
(179 ) 
52   
(5 ) 
3   
144   

(2 ) 
(17 ) 
(63 ) 
-  
(336 ) 
(7 ) 
(219 ) 
(644 ) 
788   

  $ 

  $ 

732   
173   
337   
(89 ) 
358   
557   
22   
(3 ) 
2,087   

4   
4   
81   
4   
338   
-  
(5 ) 
426   
1,661   

  $ 

  $ 

(528 ) 
(351 ) 
(80 ) 
(102 ) 
(662 ) 
(28 ) 
-  
2   
(1,749 ) 

(9 ) 
(4 ) 
(92 ) 
(28 ) 
(638 ) 
6   
(94 ) 
(859 ) 
(890 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

204   
(178 ) 
257   
(191 ) 
(304 ) 
529   
22   
(1 ) 
338   

(5 ) 
-  
(11 ) 
(24 ) 
(300 ) 
6   
(99 ) 
(433 ) 
771   

The Company recorded $1.0 million in provision for loan losses as compared to $825,000 recorded in the prior year.  This year over year increase reflects higher levels of net charge-offs in 2013, the need for an additional specific 
reserve on one large commercial borrower and a growing loan portfolio. The Company views the current level of the allowance for loan losses as adequate to absorb the probable and estimable losses within its loan portfolio.  

- 38 

 
 
 
 
 
  
     
        
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
     
        
        
     
        
        
        
        
  
  
          
        
  
  
          
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Noninterest Income  

The Company's noninterest income is primarily comprised of fees on deposit account balances and transactions, loan servicing, commissions and net gains or losses on securities, loans, and foreclosed real estate.  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest income for the years indicated.  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions and fees  
Noninterest income before gains  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Total noninterest income  

Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

   $ 

   $ 

2013   
1,175       $ 
224         
146         
469         
567         
2,581         
365         
470         
3,416       $ 

2012      
1,112       $ 
309         
211         
426         
569         
2,627         
375         
61         
3,063       $ 

Change  
63   
(85 ) 
(65 ) 
43   
(2 ) 
(46 ) 
(10 ) 
409   
353   

5.7 % 
-27.5 % 
-30.8 % 
10.1 % 
-0.4 % 
-1.8 % 
-2.7 % 
670.5 % 
11.5 % 

As indicated in the above table, total noninterest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased from the prior year due principally to greater net gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  The Company 
recorded a gain of $395,000 from the sale of $8.8 million in residential loans in the second quarter of 2013.   Service charges on deposit accounts increased in 2013 reflecting insufficient funds and overdraft fee activity.  Earnings 
and gains on bank owned life insurance reported declined as compared with 2012 when we recorded a gain on life insurance proceeds due to the death of a former Company director.  Loan servicing fees declined in 2013 due to the 
previously mentioned residential loan sale and increasing FNMA guarantee charges which are netted against loan servicing fees.  Debit card interchange fees increased in 2013 over the prior year reflecting higher levels of use.  

Noninterest Expense  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest expense for the years indicated.  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Amortization of intangible assets  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
Total noninterest expenses  

(1)   Not meaningful  

Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

2013   
8,081   
1,476   
1,444   
659   
1   
537   
415   
219   
1,919   
14,751   

  $ 

  $ 

2012      
7,496       $ 
1,427         
1,437         
654         
-        
453         
311         
248         
1,492         
13,518       $ 

Change  

585   
49   
7   
5   
1   
84   
104   
(29 ) 
427   
1,233   

7.8 % 
3.4 % 
0.5 % 
0.8 % 

NM (1)   

18.5 % 
33.4 % 
-11.7 % 
28.6 % 
9.1 % 

  $ 

  $ 

- 39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
As  indicated above,  total  noninterest  expense  for  2013  increased  over  the  prior  year  due  largely to the increase in salaries  and  employee  benefits  reflecting wage  increases,  increased  costs  under  the  Company’s  self  insurance 
program, and ESOP compensation expenses.  Other expenses increased due to additional community service donations, charitable contributions, the write-down of a repossessed asset, and fraud losses. The repossessed asset write-
down was related to a $65,000 loss on a repossessed boat and fraud losses in the amount of $77,000 was principally due to a merchant security breach that occurred in December 2013.  

Income Tax Expense  

In 2013, the Company reported income tax expense of $847,000 compared with $929,000 in 2012.  As the effective tax rate was 26.0% for both years, the decrease in income tax expense was due to the decrease in income before tax 
between 2012 and 2013.  See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for the reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic and diluted earnings per share were $0.96 and $0.95, respectively, in 2013 as compared to $0.88 and $0.87, respectively, in 2012.   The increase in basic and diluted earnings per share comparing year over year twelve month 
periods was largely due to the lack of need for SBLF preferred stock dividend payments during 2013 as positive updated lending information provided to the U.S. Treasury resulted in a credit against the dividend rate for the twelve 
month year to date period  

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION  

Investment Securities  

The investment portfolio represents 25% of the Company’s average earning assets and is designed to generate a favorable rate of return consistent with safety of principal while assisting the Company in meeting its liquidity needs 
and  interest  rate  risk  strategies.  All  of  the  Company’s  investments  are  classified  as  either  available-for-sale  or  held-to-maturity.  The  Company  does  not  hold  any  trading  securities.    In  the  third  quarter  of  2013  the  Company 
identified 55 available-for-sale securities with an estimated fair value of $32.5 million that the Company estimated contained the largest degree of volatility during periods of interest rate changes.  These securities reported a net 
unrealized loss position of $1.3 million at September 30, 2013 and were reclassified to held-to-maturity (“HTM”) status at September 30, 2013.  The after tax impact of this unrealized loss position was approximately $799,000, and 
became frozen upon transfer with no impact on the Company’s income statement as a result of this transfer.   The Company invests primarily in securities issued by United States Government agencies and sponsored enterprises 
(“GSEs”),  mortgage-backed  securities,  state  and  municipal  obligations,  mutual  funds,  equity  securities,  investment  grade  corporate  debt  instruments,  and  common  stock  issued  by  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  New  York 
(FHLBNY).  By investing in these types of assets, the Company reduces the credit risk of its asset base but must accept lower yields than would typically be available on loan products.  Our mortgage backed securities portfolio is 
comprised predominantly of pass-through securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae and does not, to our knowledge, include any securities backed by sub-prime or other high-risk mortgages.  

At December 31, 2013,  investment  securities increased 6.5% to $115.4 million from $108.4 million at December 31,  2012.  There were no securities that exceeded 10% of consolidated  shareholders’ equity.  See Note  4  to the 
consolidated financial statements for further discussion on securities.  

- 40 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company's investment portfolio at December 31:  

(In Thousands)  
Investment Securities:  

US treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed  
Mutual funds  
Equity securities  

    Total investment securities  

Available-for-Sale  

Held-to-Maturity  

2013   

16,597   
6,587   
13,696   
42,142   
1,644   
293   
80,959   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,556   
2,691   
432   
108,339   

  $ 

  $ 

2013   

1,872   
21,371   
3,746   
7,423   
-  
-  
34,412   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities, amortized cost, fair values and average yields for the Company's investment securities at December 31, 2013. Average yield is calculated on the amortized cost to maturity and 
adjusted to a fully tax-equivalent basis.  

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  
Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  
Total  

Total investment securities  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  
Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  
Total  

Total investment securities  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

One Year or Less  

One to Five Years  

Five to Ten Years  

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized   
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

1,003   
881   
4,535   
6,419   

-  
-  

1,282   
271   
1,553   
7,972   

0.24 % 
1.20 % 
1.28 % 
1.10 % 

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

7.06 % 
  $ 
5.47 %      
  $ 
6.78 % 
  $ 
2.21 % 

11,923   
4,923   
8,802   
25,648   

194   
194   

-        
-        
-        

25,842   

0.73 % 
2.01 % 
2.11 % 
1.45 % 

  $ 

  $ 

4.23 % 
4.23 % 

  $ 
  $ 

-  
-  
-  
1.47 % 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

4,009   
625   
-  
4,634   

9,558   
9,558   

-  
-  
-  
14,192   

1.50 % 
2.14 % 
-  
1.59 % 

2.20 % 
2.20 % 

-  
-  
-  
2.00 % 

More Than Ten Years  

Total Investment Securities  

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

-  
-  
161   
161   

32,626   
32,626   

-  
-  
-  
32,787   

16,935   
6,429   
13,498   
36,862   

42,378   
42,378   

1,282   
271   
1,553   
80,793   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

2.26 % 
2.26 % 

  $ 
  $ 

-  
-  
-  
2.25 % 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

- 41 

Fair   
Value   

16,597   
6,587   
13,696   
36,880   

42,142   
42,142   

1,644   
293   
1,937   
80,959   

Annualized         
Weighted         
Avg Yield         

0.88 %      
1.91 %      
1.80 %      
1.41 %      

2.26 %      
2.26 %      

7.06 %      
5.47 %      
6.82 %      
1.98 %      

 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
   
  
     
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
     
        
    
  
     
    
  
          
    
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
Table of Contents 

HELD-TO-MATURITY  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  
Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Total investment securities  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  
Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Total investment securities  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

One Year or Less  

One to Five Years  

Five to Ten Years  

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized   
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

-  
186   
-  
186   

-  
-  
186   

-  
0.60 % 
-  
0.60 % 

-  
-  
0.60 % 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

-  
824   
-  
824   

-  
-  
824   

  $ 
  $ 

-  
1.18 % 
-  
1.18 % 

-  
-  
1.18 % 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

1,872   
8,367   
2,121   
12,360   

2,857   
2,857   
15,217   

2.65 % 
2.80 % 
4.39 % 
3.05 % 

2.73 % 
2.73 % 
2.99 % 

More Than Ten Years  

Total Investment Securities  

Amortized   
Cost   

-  
11,994   
1,625   
13,619   

4,566   
4,566   
18,185   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

1,872   
21,371   
3,746   
26,989   

7,423   
7,423   
34,412   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

-  
3.57 % 
2.53 % 
3.45 % 

3.14 % 
3.14 % 
3.37 % 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

- 42 

Fair   
Value   

1,847   
21,264   
3,718   
26,829   

7,393   
7,393   
34,222   

Annualized         
Weighted         
Avg Yield         

2.65 %      
1.15 %      
3.58 %      
1.59 %      

2.98 %      
2.98 %      
1.89 %      

   
 
 
 
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
   
  
     
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
     
        
    
  
     
    
  
          
    
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The above noted yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss in consolidated shareholders’ equity.  

Loans Receivable  

Average  loans receivable represent 72%  of the Company’s average  earning  assets and  account  for  the  greatest  portion  of  total interest  income.  Yields range  from  4.53%  on residential loans  to  5.62%  on consumer  loans.  The 
Company currently has the largest portion of its loan portfolio in the residential real estate product segment and it anticipates a continued commitment to financing the purchase or improvement of residential real estate in its market 
area.  The  Company  also  extends  credit  to  businesses  within  its  marketplace  secured  by  commercial  real  estate,  equipment,  inventories,  and  accounts  receivable.  In  support  of  the  strategy  to  diversify  its  loan  portfolio,  it  is 
anticipated that small business lending in the form of mortgages, term loans, leases, and lines of credit will provide the most opportunity for balance sheet and revenue growth over the near term.  At December 31, 2013, commercial 
real estate, commercial and municipal loans comprised 43.2% of the total loan portfolio, and residential loans declined to 49.3% of the loan portfolio from 53.0% at December 31, 2012.  The decrease in the proportion of total loans 
by the residential loan portfolio reflects the Company’s effort to diversify the loan portfolio, aided by the residential loan sale that occurred in the second quarter of 2013.  

(In thousands)  
Residential real estate (1)  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and municipal loans  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer loans  
  Total loans receivable  

  $ 

  $ 

(1) Includes loans held for sale at December 31, 2009. (None at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010)  

2013   
168,493   
95,510   
52,241   
21,223   
4,166   
341,633   

  $ 

  $ 

- 43 

2012   
176,968   
82,357   
48,826   
22,141   
3,456   
333,748   

  $ 

  $ 

December 31,  

2011   
162,395   
73,628   
40,336   
24,251   
4,140   
304,750   

  $ 

  $ 

2010   
147,722   
69,060   
39,833   
25,271   
3,410   
285,296   

  $ 

  $ 

2009   
135,102   
62,250   
35,447   
26,086   
3,580   
262,465   

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The following table shows the amount of loans outstanding, including net deferred costs, as of December 31, 2013 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, are due in the periods indicated.  Demand loans 
having no stated schedule of repayments, no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as one year or less.  Adjustable and floating rate loans are included in the period on which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust, rather 
than the period in which they contractually mature.  Fixed rate loans are included in the period in which the final contractual repayment is due.  

(In thousands)  
Real estate:  

Commercial real estate  
Residential real estate  

Other Commercial  
Home Equity and junior liens  
Consumer  
Total loans  

Interest rates:  
Fixed  
Variable  
Total loans  

Due Under   
One Year   

Due 1-5   
Years   

Due Over         
Five Years   

  $ 

  $ 

1,548   
57   
1,605   
24,125   
45   
514   
26,289   

  $ 

  $ 

5,435   
6,655   
12,090   
17,206   
1,298   
2,659   
33,253   

  $ 

  $ 

88,527   
161,781   
250,308   
10,910   
19,880   
993   
282,091   

  $ 

  $ 

Total   

95,510   
168,493   
264,003   
52,241   
21,223   
4,166   
341,633   

  $ 

  $ 

Due After One Year   
165,679   
149,665   
315,344   

Total loans receivable increased $7.9 million or 2.4% when compared to the prior year, primarily due to the growth in commercial real estate and commercial and municipal loans.  Residential real estate loans declined 4.8% due to 
the $8.8 million residential loan sale in the second quarter of 2013.  The Company does not originate sub-prime, Alt-A, negative amortizing or other higher risk structured residential mortgages. Commercial and municipal loans 
increased $3.4 million in support of the Company’s strategy to balance its diversification among its product segments.  Commercial real estate loans reported significant growth as this segment reported a $13.2 million or 16.0% year 
over year increase.  

Home equity and junior liens loans decreased 4.2% to $21.2 million at December 31, 2013, as a result in changes in credit standards and rate structures during 2013.  

- 44 

 
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
Table of Contents 
Nonperforming Loans and Assets  

The following table represents information concerning the aggregate amount of nonperforming assets:  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Nonaccrual loans:  

Commercial real estate and commercial loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  

Total nonaccrual loans  

Total nonperforming loans  
Foreclosed real estate  

Total nonperforming assets  

Troubled debt restructurings not included above  

Nonperforming loans to total loans  
Nonperforming assets to total assets  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2013       

2012       

2011       

2010       

2009    

December 31,  

2,709   
447   
2,194   
5,350   
5,350   
619   
5,969   

  $ 

  $ 

2,726   
776   
2,046   
5,548   
5,548   
426   
5,974   

  $ 

  $ 

2,594   
706   
1,428   
4,728   
4,728   
536   
5,264   

  $ 

  $ 

4,224   
365   
1,335   
5,924   
5,924   
375   
6,299   

  $ 

  $ 

2,459   

  $ 

1,937   

  $ 

595   

  $ 

1,587   

  $ 

1.57 % 
1.18 % 

1.66 % 
1.25 % 

1.55 % 
1.19 % 

2.08 % 
1.54 % 

1,021   
111   
1,181   
2,313   
2,313   
181   
2,494   

680   

0.88 % 
0.67 % 

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”), and foreclosed real estate. Loans are considered modified in a TDR when, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company 
makes a concession(s) to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. These modifications may include an extension of the term of the loan, and granting a period when interest-only payments can be made, with the 
principal payments made over the remaining term of the loan or at maturity.  TDRs are included in the above table within the following categories of nonaccrual loans or TDRs not included above (the latter also known as 
accruing TDRs).  

As indicated in the above table, total nonperforming loans decreased modestly at December 31, 2013, when compared to December 31, 2012, as the increase in nonaccrual residential loans was more than offset by decreases in 
nonaccrual consumer, commercial real estate and commercial loans.  Management continues to monitor and react to national and local economic trends as well as general portfolio conditions which may impact the quality of the 
portfolio, and considers these environmental factors in support of the allowance for loan loss reserve.  Management believes that the current level of the allowance for loan losses, at $5.0 million, adequately addresses the current 
level of risk within the loan portfolio. The Company maintains strict loan underwriting standards and carefully monitors the performance of the loan portfolio.  

Foreclosed real  estate  (“FRE”)  balances increased  at  December  31,  2013,  from  the  prior  year as  the  carrying  values  of the sales throughout  2013  were  replaced  with FRE  balances with  higher  carrying  values.  Two  of  the 
additions to FRE balances were commercial properties totaling $209,000.  The total inventory of FRE remained at eight properties at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  

The Company sold a repossessed boat in 2013, with a carrying value of $235,000 at December 31, 2012, which resulted in a $65,000 write-down during 2013.  

The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when loan payment performance is deemed unsatisfactory and the loan is past due 90 days or more.  There are no loans that are past due 90 
days or more and still accruing interest.  The Company considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and 
interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan.  

- 45 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
        
     
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Had the loans in nonaccrual status performed in accordance with their original terms, additional interest income of $117,000 and $124,000 would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 
2012, respectively.  

The measurement of impaired loans is generally based upon the fair value of the collateral, with a portion of the impaired loans measured based upon the present value of future cash flows discounted at the historical effective 
interest rate.  The Company used the fair value of collateral to measure impairment on commercial loans and commercial real estate loans.  At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $5.7 million and $6.7 
million in loans, which were deemed to be impaired, having specific reserves of $1.0 million and $923,000, respectively.  The $1.0 million year over  year  decrease in impaired loans  was principally due to the $1.2 million 
decrease in impaired residential mortgage loans.  In 2013, the Company elected to change the threshold for individually measuring impairment on residential mortgage loans to $300,000 from $100,000, unless the loan is part of 
the total related credit to an impaired commercial real estate or commercial loan.  The increase in impaired commercial real estate loans of $805,000 was partially offset by a $556,000 decrease in impaired commercial loans, 
home equity and junior liens, and consumer loans, collectively.  The threshold for individually measuring impairment on commercial real estate or commercial loans remains at $100,000 at December 31, 2013.  

Management  has  identified  potential  problem  loans  totaling  $10.3  million  as  of  December  31,  2013,  compared  to  $11.7  million  as  of  December  31,  2012.  These  loans  have  been  internally  classified  as  special  mention  or 
substandard, yet are not currently considered impaired or in nonaccrual status.  Management has identified potential credit problems which may result in the borrowers not being able to comply with the current loan repayment 
terms and which may result in possible future impaired loan reporting.  The decrease in potential problem loans is principally due to decreases in commercial real estate as one large commercial real estate borrower was identified 
as impaired in 2013, thereby removed from potential problem loan status.  Potential problem loans within the home equity and junior liens product class declined by $400,000.  

As a result, the ratio of the allowance to loan and lease losses to period-end loans at December 31, 2013 was 1.48% as compared to December 31, 2012 of 1.35%.  The increase was driven by the required specific allowance 
required from the previously mentioned newly impaired large commercial borrower during 2013 and the growth in the loan portfolio.  

Appraisals are obtained at the time a real estate secured loan is originated.   For commercial real estate held as collateral, the property is generally inspected every two years.  When evaluating our ability to collect from secondary 
sources,  appraised  values  are  adjusted  to  reflect  the  age  of  appraisal,  the  condition  of  the  property,  the  current  local  real  estate  market,  and cost  to  sell.  Properties  are  re-appraised  when  our  evaluation  of  the  current  property 
condition and the local real estate market suggests values may not be accurate. Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) are loan restructurings in which the Bank, for economic or legal reasons related to an existing borrower’s 
financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. Typically a TDR involves a modification of terms of a debt, such as reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining original life of the 
debt, extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, reduction of the face amount of the debt, or reduction of accrued interest.  Further details regarding TDRs 
can be found in Note 5.  

In the normal course of business, Pathfinder Bank has sold residential mortgage loans and participation interests in commercial loans. As is typical in the industry, Pathfinder Bank makes certain representations and warranties to 
the buyer. Pathfinder Bank maintains a quality control program for closed loans and considers the risks and uncertainties associated with potential repurchase requirements to be minimal.  

- 46 

 
   
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The  allowance  for  loan losses is established through  provision for loan  losses  and  reduced  by loan  charge-offs net  of  recoveries.  The  allowance  for loan  losses  represents  the amount  available  for  probable credit losses in  the 
Company’s loan portfolio as estimated by management.  In its assessment of the qualitative factors used in arriving at the required allowance for loan losses, management considers changes in national and local economic trends, the 
rate of the portfolio growth, trends in delinquencies and nonaccrual balances, changes in loan policy, and changes in management experience and staffing.  These factors, coupled with the recent historical loss experience within the 
loan portfolio by product segment support the estimable and probable losses within the loan portfolio.  

The Company establishes a specific allocation for all commercial loans identified as being impaired with a balance in excess of $100,000. These loans are on nonaccrual or have been risk rated under the Company’s risk rating 
system as substandard, doubtful, or loss. The measurement of impaired loans is generally based upon the present value of future cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate, except that all collateral-dependent loans 
are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral-dependent.  The Company uses the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell to 
measure impairment on commercial and commercial real estate loans.  Residential real estate loans in excess of $300,000 will also be included in this individual loan review.  Residential real estate loans less than this amount will be 
included in impaired loans if it is part of the total related credit to a previously identified impaired commercial loan.  

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $5.0 million and $4.5 million, or 1.48% and 1.35% of total year end loans, respectively.  Net loan charge-offs were $492,000 during 2013, as compared to $304,000 
in 2012.  The increase in net charge-offs were reported in all  loan portfolio segments.   As a result, the ratio of net charge-offs to period end was 0.15% in 2013 as compared to 0.10% in 2012.  

The following table sets forth the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category for the periods indicated.  The allocation of the allowance by category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the 
use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.  

2013  

2012  

2011  

2010  

2009  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Residential real estate  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer loans  
Unallocated  
Total  

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
649   
  $ 
2,302   
1,233   
433   
136   
288         

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
811   
  $ 
1,748   
1,192   
494   
168   
88         

49.3 % 
28.0 % 
15.3 % 
6.2 % 
1.2 % 

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
664   
  $ 
1,346   
1,114   
501   
162   
193         

53.1 % 
24.6 % 
14.7 % 
6.6 % 
1.0 % 

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
750   
  $ 
1,204   
1,083   
424   
89   
98         

53.2 % 
24.2 % 
13.2 % 
8.0 % 
1.4 % 

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
763   
  $ 
1,009   
864   
390   
76   
(24 )       

51.7 % 
24.2 % 
14.0 % 
8.9 % 
1.2 % 

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

51.5 % 
23.7 % 
13.5 % 
9.9 % 
1.4 % 

  $ 

5,041   

100.0 % 

  $ 

4,501   

100.0 % 

  $ 

3,980   

100.0 % 

  $ 

3,648   

100.0 % 

  $ 

3,078   

100.0 % 

- 47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated and related ratios:  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Balance at beginning of year  
Provisions charged to operating expenses  
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total recoveries  

Loans charged off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total charged-off  

Net charge-offs  
Balance at end of year  
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding  
Allowance for loan losses to year-end loans  

Deposits  

  $ 

  $ 

2013   
4,501   
1,032   

  $ 

2012   
3,980   
825   

  $ 

2011   
3,648   
940   

  $ 

2010   
3,078   
1,050   

  $ 

41   
71   
47   
159   

(319 ) 
(179 ) 
(153 ) 
(651 ) 
(492 ) 
5,041   
0.15 % 
1.48 % 

  $ 

64   
65   
75   
204   

(231 ) 
(169 ) 
(108 ) 
(508 ) 
(304 ) 
4,501   
0.10 % 
1.35 % 

  $ 

1   
49   
49   
99   

(304 ) 
(166 ) 
(237 ) 
(707 ) 
(608 ) 
3,980   
0.21 % 
1.31 % 

  $ 

55   
36   
19   
110   

(385 ) 
(157 ) 
(48 ) 
(590 ) 
(480 ) 
3,648   
0.18 % 
1.28 % 

  $ 

2009   
2,472   
876   

-  
20   
3   
23   

(74 ) 
(134 ) 
(85 ) 
(293 ) 
(270 ) 
3,078   
0.11 % 
1.17 % 

The Company’s deposit base is drawn from eight full-service offices in its market area.  The deposit base consists of demand deposits, money management and money market deposit accounts, savings, and time deposits. During 
2013, 61% of the Company's average deposit base of $412.4 million consisted of core deposits.  Core deposits, which exclude time deposits, are considered to be more stable and provide the Company with a lower cost source of 
funds than time deposits.  The Company will continue to emphasize retail core deposits by maintaining its network of full service offices and providing depositors with a full range of deposit product offerings. With the opening of 
our Syracuse Branch in 2014, we anticipate increasing our deposit gathering capability. In addition, Pathfinder Commercial Bank, our commercial bank subsidiary, seeks business growth by focusing on its local identification and 
service excellence within the municipal deposit marketplace.  

Average  deposits  increased  $24.7  million,  or  6.4%,  when  compared  to  2012.  The  increase  in  average  deposits  primarily  related  to  increases  in  demand  accounts,  NOW  accounts,  money  market  deposit  accounts  and  savings 
accounts.  At December 31, 2013, retail deposits, commercial deposits and municipal deposits increased $9.2 million, $8.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively.  

At December 31, 2013, time deposits in excess of $100,000 totaled $88.7 million, or 55% of time deposits and 22% of total deposits.  At December 31, 2012, these deposits totaled $85.1 million, or 52% of time deposits and 22% of 
total deposits.  

- 48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The following table indicates the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2013:  

(In thousands)  
Remaining Maturity:  
Three months or less  
Three through six months  
Six through twelve months  
Over twelve months  
    Total  

Borrowings  

  $ 

  $ 

39,555   
18,492   
15,700   
14,980   
88,727   

Short-term borrowings are comprised primarily of advances and overnight borrowing at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”).  At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 there were $24.0 million and $9.0 
million, respectively, in short-term borrowings outstanding.  

The following table represents information regarding short-term borrowings during 2013, 2012 and 2011:  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Maximum outstanding at any month end  
Average amount outstanding during the year  
Average interest rate during the year  

  $ 

2013   
27,860   
14,876   

0.40 % 

  $ 

2012   
14,085   
5,781   
0.45 % 

  $ 

2011   
11,106   
5,371   
0.50 % 

Long-term  borrowed funds  consist  of  advances  and  repurchase  agreements from  the FHLBNY  and  junior  subordinated  debentures associated with  our outstanding  Trust  Preferred  Securities.  Long-term  borrowed funds,  which 
include the ESOP loan, and junior subordinated debentures, totaled $22.0 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $31.1 million at December 31, 2012.  

Capital  

The Company’s shareholders' equity at December 31, 2013, was $42.7 million as compared to $40.7 million at December 31, 2012.  The Company added $2.1 million to retained earnings through net income less dividends declared 
on common stock.  Accumulated other comprehensive loss worsened by $427,000 due principally to the after tax impact of the decline in unrealized holding gains of the available for sale securities portfolio which occurred as 
market interest rates increase in 2013 and the September 2013 transfer of available for sale securities to held-to-maturity status which froze the loss in face value on these securities, collectively negatively impacting shareholders’
equity by $2.2 million.  Partially offsetting this decline was the current year decrease in net actuarial loss, after tax, on the Company’s retirement plans of $1.6 million.  This favorable impact was the result of positive earnings 
performance on the Company’s frozen pension plan assets and higher interest rates causing a reduction in the pension benefit obligation.  

Risk-based capital provides the basis for which all banks are evaluated in terms of capital adequacy.  Capital adequacy is evaluated primarily by the use of ratios which measure capital against total assets, as well as against total 
assets that are weighted based on defined risk characteristics.  The Company’s goal is to support growth and expansion activities, while maintaining a strong capital position and exceeding regulatory standards.  At December 31, 
2013, the Bank exceeded all regulatory required minimum capital ratios and met the regulatory definition of a “well-capitalized” institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% 
and a total risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.  As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s ability to raise new capital through the use of trust preferred securities may be limited because these securities will no longer be 
included in Tier 1 capital.  In addition, our ability to generate or originate additional revenue producing assets may be constrained in the future in order to comply with anticipated heightened capital standards required by state and 
federal regulation. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion on regulatory capital requirements.  

- 49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

LIQUIDITY  

Liquidity management involves the Company’s ability to generate cash or otherwise obtain funds at reasonable rates to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements, and otherwise operate the 
Company on an ongoing basis.  The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowed funds, amortization and prepayment of loans and maturities of investment securities and other short-term investments, and earnings 
and  funds  provided  from  operations.  While  scheduled  principal  repayments  on  loans  are  a  relatively  predictable  source  of  funds,  deposit  flows  and  loan  prepayments  are  greatly  influenced  by  general  interest  rates,  economic 
conditions  and  competition.  The  Company  manages  the  pricing  of  deposits  to  maintain  a  desired  deposit  balance.  In  addition,  the  Company  invests  excess  funds  in  short-term  interest-earning  and  other  assets,  which  provide 
liquidity to meet lending requirements.  

The  Company's liquidity  has been  enhanced by its ability  to borrow  from the  FHLBNY,  whose competitive advance  programs and lines of credit provide the  Company with a safe,  reliable, and  convenient  source of funds.  A 
significant decrease in deposits in the future could result in the Company having to seek other sources of funds for liquidity purposes.  Such sources could include, but are not limited to, additional borrowings, brokered deposits, 
negotiated time deposits, the sale of "available-for-sale" investment securities, the sale of securitized loans, or the sale of whole loans.  Such actions could result in higher interest expense costs and/or losses on the sale of securities 
or loans.  

For the year ended 2013, as indicated in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company reported net cash flows from financing activities of $24.2 million generated principally by increased balances of demand and savings 
deposits, money market deposit accounts and short-term borrowings.  Additionally, $5.1 million was provided through operating activities.  This was invested in available-for-sale investment securities of $11.1 million, net, and net 
increase in loan outstandings of $9.1 million.  As a recurring source of liquidity, the Company’s investment securities provided $22.2 million in proceeds from maturities and principal reductions for the year ended 2013.  

The Company has a number of existing credit facilities available to it.  Total credit available under the existing lines is approximately $149.8 million.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had $40.0 million outstanding under 
existing credit facilities.  

The Asset Liability Management Committee of the Company is responsible for implementing the policies and guidelines for the maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity.  As of December 31, 2013, management reported to the 
Board of Directors that the Company is in compliance with its liquidity policy guidelines.  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS  

The Company is also a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and 
standby letters of credit.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had $41.0 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  See Note 16 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained 
herein.  

- 50 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
ITEM 7A : QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

- 51 

 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consol idated Statements of Condition – December 31, 2013 and 2012  
Cons olidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012  
Cons olidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012  
Conso lidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity – Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012  
Consol idated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012  
Note s to Consolidated Financial Statements  

 Page 
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  

- 52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the 
supervision of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for 
external reporting purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.  

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control 
over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation under that framework, 
management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013. In addition, based on our assessment, management has determined that there were no material weaknesses 
in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules of the Dodd-Frank Act that exempts 
the Company from such attestation and requires only management’s report.  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Thomas W. Schneider  
President & Chief Executive Officer  

Oswego, New York  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ James A. Dowd  

   James A. Dowd  
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

- 53 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  condition  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income, 
comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included 
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion.  An  audit  also  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements, 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the results of 
their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

Bonadio & Co., LLP  
Syracuse, New York  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ BONADIO & CO., LLP  

- 54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION  

(In thousands, except share and per share data)  
ASSETS:  

Cash and due from banks  
Interest earning deposits  

Total cash and cash equivalents  

Interest earning time deposits  
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value  
Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost  (fair value of $34,222 and $0, respectively)  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost  
Loans  
Less: Allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  

Premises and equipment, net  
Accrued interest receivable  
Foreclosed real estate  
Intangible assets, net  
Goodwill  
Bank owned life insurance  
Other assets  

Total assets  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:  

Deposits:  

Interest-bearing  
Noninterest-bearing  
Total deposits  
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Shareholders' equity:  
Preferred stock - SBLF, par value $0.01 per share; $1,000 liquidation preference;  

13,000 shares authorized; 13,000 shares issued and outstanding  

Common stock, par value $0.01; authorized 10,000,000 shares;  2,979,969 and  

2,980,469 shares issued and 2,623,182 and 2,618,182 shares outstanding, respectively  

Additional paid in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Unearned ESOP  
Treasury stock, at cost; 356,787,and 362,287 shares, respectively  

Total Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc shareholders' equity  

Noncontrolling interest  
Total equity  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

- 55 

December 31,   
2013   

December 31,   
2012   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,535   
10,040   
16,575   
500   
80,959   
34,412   
2,440   
341,633   
5,041   
336,592   
11,644   
1,715   
619   
187   
4,367   
8,268   
5,515   
503,793   

361,969   
48,171   
410,140   
24,000   
16,853   
5,155   
86   
4,489   
460,723   

13,000   

30   
8,226   
28,788   
(1,745 ) 
(826 ) 
(4,761 ) 
42,712   
358   
43,070   
503,793   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,435   
2,230   
8,665   
2,000   
108,339   
-  
1,929   
333,748   
4,501   
329,247   
10,108   
1,717   
426   
-  
3,840   
8,046   
3,479   
477,796   

347,892   
43,913   
391,805   
9,000   
25,964   
5,155   
140   
4,985   
437,049   

13,000   

30   
8,120   
26,685   
(1,318 ) 
(936 ) 
(4,834 ) 
40,747   
-  
40,747   
477,796   

 
  
  
   
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Interest and dividend income:  
Loans, including fees  
Debt securities:  
Taxable  
Tax-exempt  
Dividends  
Interest earning time deposits  
Federal funds sold and interest earning deposits  
       Total interest income  
Interest expense:  
Interest on deposits  
Interest on short-term borrowings  
Interest on long-term borrowings  
       Total interest expense  
          Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
          Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Noninterest income:  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions & fees  
          Total noninterest income  
Noninterest expense:  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Amortization of intangible assets  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
          Total noninterest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest and Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest  
Net income attributable to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Preferred stock dividends  
Net income available to common shareholders  

Earnings per common share - basic  
Earnings per common share - diluted  
Dividends per common share  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statement.  

- 56 

For the year   
ended   
   December 31, 2013   

For the year   
ended   
   December 31, 2012   

  $ 

16,347   

  $ 

1,574   
762   
174   
19   
7   
18,883   

2,478   
60   
726   
3,264   
15,619   
1,032   
14,587   

1,175   
224   
146   
365   
470   
469   
567   
3,416   

8,081   
1,476   
1,444   
659   
1   
537   
415   
219   
1,919   
14,751   
3,252   
847   
2,405   
(1 ) 
2,406   
-  
2,406   

0.96   
0.95   
0.12   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

16,082   

1,762   
728   
165   
24   
4   
18,765   

2,896   
26   
986   
3,908   
14,857   
825   
14,032   

1,112   
309   
211   
375   
61   
426   
569   
3,063   

7,496   
1,427   
1,437   
654   
-  
453   
311   
248   
1,492   
13,518   
3,577   
929   
2,648   
-  
2,648   
449   
2,199   

0.88   
0.87   
0.12   

 
 
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  

Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  

Net Income  
Other Comprehensive Income  

Retirement Plans:  

Retirement plan net losses recognized in plan expenses  
Gain on plan losses not recognized in plan expenses and  
   pension plan curtailment  

Net unrealized gains on retirement plans  

Unrealized holding gains on financial derivative:  

Change in unrealized holding losses on financial derivative  
Reclassification adjustment for interest expense included in net income  

Net unrealized gain on financial derivative  

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities:  
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income  
Net unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale securities  

Unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity (1)  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax  
Tax effect  
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax  
Comprehensive income  
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest  
Comprehensive income attributable to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Tax Effect Allocated to Each Component of Other Comprehensive Income  
Retirement plan net losses recognized in plan expenses  
Gain on plan losses not recognized in plan expenses and  pension plan curtailment  
Change in unrealized holding losses on financial derivative  
Reclassification adjustment for interest expense included in net income  
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income  
Unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity (1)  
Income tax effect related to other comprehensive income  

Years Ended  

December 31, 2013        December 31, 2012   

  $ 

2,405   

  $ 

2,648   

381   

2,590   
2,971   

(2 ) 
62   
60   

(2,075 ) 
(365 ) 
(2,440 ) 

(1,302 ) 

(711 ) 
284   
(427 ) 
1,978   
(1 ) 
1,979   

(152 ) 
(1,036 ) 
(1 ) 
(24 ) 
830   
146   
521   
284   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

395   

1,025   
1,420   

(53 ) 
58   
5   

1,192   
(375 ) 
817   

-  

2,242   
(896 ) 
1,346   
3,994   
-  
3,994   

(158 ) 
(410 ) 
21   
(23 ) 
(476 ) 
150   
-  
(896 ) 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1) The accretion of the unrealized holding losses in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date of transfer partially offsets the amortization of the difference between the par value and the fair value of the investment 
securities at the date of transfer, and is an adjustment of yield.  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

- 57 

 
 
 
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012  

 (In thousands, except share and per share 
data)  

Stock   

Stock   

Capital   

Earnings   

Loss   

ESOP   

Stock   

Interest   

Total   

Preferred   

Common   

Additional         
Paid in   

Retained   

   Accumulated         
Other Com-        
prehensive   

Unearned   

Treasury   

Non         
controlling         

 Balance, January 1, 2013  

  $ 

13,000   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,120   

  $ 

26,685   

  $ 

(1,318 ) 

  $ 

(936 ) 

  $ 

(4,834 ) 

  $ 

 Net income  

 Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  

 ESOP shares earned (12,500 shares)  

 Stock based compensation  

 Stock options exercised  

 Common stock dividends declared 

($0.12 per share)  

 Change in noncontrolling interest  

 Balance, December 31, 2013  

 Balance, January 1, 2012  

 Net income  

 Other comprehensive income, net of tax  

 Purchase of CPP Warrants from 

Treasury  

 Preferred stock dividends - SBLF  

 ESOP shares earned (11,645 shares)  

 Stock based compensation  

 Stock options exercised  

 Common stock dividends declared 

($0.12 per share)  
 Balance, December 31, 2012  

  $ 

  $ 

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

53   

81   

(28 ) 

-  

2,406   

-  

-  

-  

-  

(303 ) 

-  

(427 ) 

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

110   

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

73   

-  

-  
13,000   

  $ 

-  
30   

  $ 

-  
8,226   

  $ 

-  
28,788   

  $ 

-  
(1,745 ) 

  $ 

-  
(826 ) 

  $ 

-  
(4,761 ) 

  $ 

358   
358   

13,000   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,730   

  $ 

24,618   

  $ 

(2,664 ) 

  $ 

(1,039 ) 

  $ 

(4,834 ) 

  $ 

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

(706 ) 

-  

11   

79   

6   

2,648   

-  

169   

(449 ) 

-  

-  

-  

-  

1,346   

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

103   

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

  $ 

-  
13,000   

  $ 

-  
30   

  $ 

-  
8,120   

  $ 

(301 ) 
26,685   

  $ 

-  
(1,318 ) 

  $ 

-  
(936 ) 

  $ 

-  
(4,834 ) 

  $ 

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  
-  

  $ 

40,747   

  $ 

  $ 

2,406   

(427 ) 

163   

81   

45   

(303 ) 

358   
43,070   

37,841   

2,648   

1,346   

(537 ) 

(449 ) 

114   

79   

6   

  $ 

(301 ) 
40,747   

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

- 58 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

(In thousands)  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:  
Provision for loan losses  
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)  
Proceeds from sales of loans  
Originations of loans held-for-sale  
Realized gains on sales and redemptions of:  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Loans  
Available-for-sale investment securities  
Premise and equipment  
Depreciation  
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights  
Amortization of deferred loan costs  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance  
Realized gain on proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities  
Amortization of intangible assets  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Net change in accrued interest receivable  
Pension plan contribution  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  
Net cash flows from operating activities  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale  
Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity  
Net purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Proceeds from maturities of interest earning time deposits  
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of  
investment securities available-for-sale  
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of  
investment securities held-to-maturity  
Proceeds from sales and redemptions of:  
Available-for-sale investment securities  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Premise and equipment  
Acquisition of controlling interest in Fitzgibbons Agency, net of cash acquired of $18  
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net change in loans  
Purchase of premises and equipment  
Net cash flows from investing activities  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Net change in demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts,  
money management deposit accounts, MMDA accounts and escrow deposits  
Net change in time deposits and brokered deposits  
Net change in short-term borrowings  
Payments on long-term borrowings  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings  
Purchase of CPP warrants from the US Treasury  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholder - SBLF  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  
Change in noncontrolling interest, net  
Net cash flows from financing activities  
Change in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  

Years Ended December 31,  

2013   

  $ 

2,406   

  $ 

1,032   
202   
11,459   
(11,016 ) 

(27 ) 
(443 ) 
(365 ) 
(6 ) 
715   
10   
111   
(222 ) 
(2 ) 
722   
1   
243   
2   
-  
289   
5,111   

(30,036 ) 
(10,433 )       
(511 ) 
1,500   

21,831   

355   

7,151   
375   
18   
(356 ) 
2   
(9,075 ) 
(2,263 ) 
(21,442 ) 

21,764   
(3,429 ) 
15,000   
(9,111 ) 
-  
-  
45   
(83 ) 
(303 ) 
358   
24,241   
7,910   
8,665   
16,575   

  $ 

  $ 

- 59 

2012   

2,648   

825   
(276 ) 
212   
(195 ) 

(44 ) 
(17 ) 
(375 ) 
-  
781   
7   
160   
(272 ) 
(37 ) 
1,053   
-  
193   
(32 ) 
(2,600 ) 
735   
2,766   

(50,662 ) 
-    
(401 ) 
-  

26,346   

-  

16,511   
470   
-  
-  
202   
(29,819 ) 
(192 ) 
(37,545 ) 

15,700   
9,976   
9,000   
(4,110 ) 
4,000   
(537 ) 
5   
(507 ) 
(301 ) 
-  
33,226   
(1,553 ) 
10,218   
8,665   

 
 
 
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

CASH PAID DURING THE PERIOD FOR:  
Interest  
Income taxes  
NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITY  
Real estate acquired in exchange for loans  
Transfer of available-for-sale securities to held-to-maturity  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

- 60 

Years Ended December 31,  

2013   

  $ 

3,318   
967   

  $ 

587   
32,495   

2012   

3,913   
403   

357   
-  

   
   
   
 
   
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of Operations  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Pathfinder Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank has four wholly owned operating 
subsidiaries, Pathfinder Commercial Bank, Pathfinder Risk Management Company, Inc. (“PRMC”), Pathfinder REIT, Inc. and Whispering Oaks Development Corp. All significant inter-company accounts and activity have been 
eliminated in consolidation.  Although the Company owns, through its subsidiary PRMC, 51% of the membership interest in Fitzgibbons Agency, LLC (“Fitzgibbons”), the Company is required to consolidate 100% of Fitzgibbons 
within the consolidated financial statements.  The 49% of which the Company does not own is accounted for separately as noncontrolling interests within the consolidated financial statements.  

The Company has seven offices located in Oswego County and one office in Onondaga County which opened for business in the first quarter of 2012.  The Company plans to open an additional location in downtown Syracuse with a 
target opening in the 2 nd quarter of 2014. The Company is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public in the Company’s market area, and investing such deposits, together with other sources of 
funds, in loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate, commercial real estate, business assets and in investment securities.  

Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., (the “Holding Company”) a mutual holding company whose activity is not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, owns approximately 60.4% of the outstanding common stock 
of the Company.  

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements  

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates.  Management has identified the allowance for loan losses, deferred income taxes, pension obligations, the annual evaluation of the Company’s goodwill for possible impairment and the evaluation of investment 
securities for other than temporary impairment and the estimation of fair values for accounting and disclosure purposes to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such, could be the 
most subject to revision as new information becomes available.  

The Company is subject to the regulations of various governmental agencies.  The Company also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, 
amounts of required loss allowances, and operating restrictions resulting from the regulators' judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examinations.  

- 61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk  

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located primarily in Oswego and Onondaga counties of New York State.  A large portion of the Company’s portfolio is centered in residential and commercial real estate.  The 
Company closely monitors real estate collateral values and requires additional reviews of commercial real estate appraisals by a qualified third party for commercial real estate loans in excess of $400,000.  Note 4 discusses the types 
of securities that the Company invests in.  Note 5 discusses the types of lending that the Company engages in.  The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.  

Advertising  

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.  

Noncontrolling Interest  

Noncontrolling interest represents the portion of ownership and profit or loss that is attributable to the minority owners of the Fitzgibbons Agency.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits (with original maturity of three months or less).  

Investment Securities  

The Company classifies investment securities as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity.  The Company does not hold any securities considered to be trading.  Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with net 
unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of the applicable income tax effect. Held-to-maturity securities are those that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity 
and are reported at amortized cost.  These securities include those that were transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity in the third quarter of 2013, and more fully explained in Note 4 to the financial statements.  

Gains or losses on investment security transactions are based on the amortized cost of the specific securities sold.  Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted into income using the interest method over the 
period to maturity.  

Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements includes additional information about the Company’s accounting policies with respect to the impairment of investment securities.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock  

Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula.  The stock is carried at cost.  

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale  

Mortgage loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  Fair value is determined in the aggregate.  There were no loans held-for-sale or forward commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.  

- 62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
Transfers of Financial Assets  

Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loans and loan participations, are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the 
assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not 
maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.  

Loans  

The Company grants mortgage, commercial, municipal, and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at their outstanding 
unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for loan losses plus net deferred loan origination costs. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in 
the market area.  Interest income is generally recognized when income is earned using the interest method. Nonrefundable loan fees received and related direct origination costs incurred are deferred and amortized over the life of the 
loan using the interest method, resulting in a constant effective yield over the loan term. Deferred fees are recognized into income and deferred costs are charged to income immediately upon prepayment of the related loan.  

The  loans  receivable  portfolio  is  segmented  into  residential  mortgage,  commercial  and  consumer  loans.  The  residential  mortgage  segment  consists  of  one-to-four  family  first-lien  residential  mortgages  and  construction 
loans.  Commercial loans consist of the following classes: real estate, lines of credit, other commercial and industrial, and municipal loans.  Consumer loans include both home equity lines of credit and loans with junior liens and 
other consumer loans.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the statement of condition and it is recorded as a reduction of loans.  The allowance is increased by the 
provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  All, or 
part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally 
charged off no later than 120 days past due on a contractual basis, unless productive collection efforts are providing results.  Consumer loans may be charged off earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an amount that is 
deemed uncollectible.  No portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted to any individual loan product and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan losses.  

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is 
based on three major components which are; specific components for larger loans, recent historical losses and several qualitative factors applied to a general pool of loans, and an unallocated component.  

The first component is the specific component that relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  For these loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than the 
carrying value of that loan.  

- 63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The second or general component covers pools of loans, by loan class, not considered impaired, smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential real estate, home equity and other consumer loans.  These pools of loans are 
evaluated for loss exposure first based on historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans. The ratio of net charge-offs to loan outstandings within each product class, over the most recent eight quarters, lagged by one 
quarter, is used to generate the historical loss rates.  In addition, qualitative factors are added to the historical loss rates in arriving at the total allowance for loan loss need for this general pool of loans.  The qualitative factors include 
changes in national and local economic trends, the rate of growth in the portfolio, trends of delinquencies and nonaccrual balances, changes in loan policy, and changes in lending management experience and related staffing.  Each 
factor  is  assigned a value to reflect improving, stable  or declining  conditions based on  management’s best  judgment using  relevant information  available at the  time  of the  evaluation.  These qualitative  factors, applied to each 
product class, make the evaluation inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  Adjustments to the factors are supported through 
documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss analysis and calculation.  

The third or unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses.  The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the 
underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio and generally comprises less than 10% of the total allowance for loan loss.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of 
the  loan  agreement.  Factors  considered  by  management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status,  collateral  value  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest  payments  when  due.  Loans  that 
experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by case basis, taking into consideration all 
of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of shortfall in relation to what is owed.  Impairment is measured by 
either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The majority of the Company’s loans utilize the 
fair value of the underlying collateral.  

An allowance for loan loss is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.  The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated 
fair value of the loan’s collateral.  For loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals, less costs to sell.  Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling 
price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.  

For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, 
accounts receivable agings or equipment appraisals or invoices.  Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.  

Large groups of homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual residential mortgage loans less than $300,000, home equity and other consumer 
loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are related to borrowers with impaired commercial loans or they are the subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement for those with a carrying value in excess of $300,000.  

- 64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Commercial loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions 
granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally include but are not limited to a temporary reduction in the interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date.  Commercial loans classified as troubled debt restructurings 
with a carrying value in excess of $100,000 are designated as impaired and evaluated as discussed above.  

The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories.  The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of the collateral, if appropriate, are 
evaluated not less than annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise on all loans.  Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss.  See Note 5 for a 
description of these regulatory classifications.  

In addition, Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on 
their  judgments  about  information  available to them  at  the  time  of  their  examination,  which  may  not  be  currently available  to  management.  Based  on  management’s  comprehensive  analysis  of  the  loan  portfolio,  management 
believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  

Income Recognition on Impaired and Nonaccrual Loans  

For all classes of loans receivable, the accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal 
or interest, even though the loan may be currently performing.  A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid 
interest is reversed and charged to interest income.  Interest received on nonaccrual loans, including impaired loans, generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management’s judgment as 
to the collectability of principal.  Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, 
and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.  Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are 
current for six consecutive months after modification.  

For nonaccrual loans, when future collectability of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In the case where a nonaccrual loan had been partially charged off, recognition of interest 
on a cash basis is limited to that which would have been recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. Cash interest receipts in excess of that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan 
losses until prior charge-offs have been fully recovered.  

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments  

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.  

Premises and Equipment  

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging up to 40 years for premises and 10 years for 
equipment. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as incurred.  The asset cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts for assets sold or retired and any resulting gain or loss is included in 
the determination of income.  

- 65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
Foreclosed Real Estate  

Properties  acquired  through foreclosure,  or by  deed  in  lieu of  foreclosure,  are  recorded  at  their  fair  value  less  estimated  costs to sell.  Fair  value is  typically  determined based  on  evaluations  by  third  parties.  Costs  incurred  in 
connection with preparing the foreclosed real estate for disposition are capitalized to the extent that they enhance the overall fair value of the property. Any write-downs on the asset’s fair value less costs to sell at the date of 
acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent write downs and expenses of foreclosed real estate are included as a valuation allowance and recorded in noninterest expense.  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets  

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  cost  of  an  acquisition  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net  assets  acquired.  Goodwill  is  not  amortized,  but  is  evaluated  annually  for  impairment.  Intangible  assets,  such  as  customer  relationships,  are 
amortized over their useful lives, generally over 15 years.  

Mortgage Servicing Rights  

Originated mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time of transfer of the related loans and are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or loss.  The carrying value of 
the originated mortgage servicing rights is periodically evaluated for impairment or between annual evaluations under certain circumstances.  

Stock-Based Compensation  

Compensation  costs  related  to  share-based  payment  transactions  are  recognized  based  on the grant-date  fair  value  of  the  stock-based  compensation  issued.  Compensation  costs  are  recognized  over  the  period  that  an  employee 
provides service in exchange for the award.  Compensation costs related to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan are dependent upon the average stock price and the shares committed to be released to plan participants through the 
period in which income is reported.  

Retirement Benefits  

The Company has a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that covered substantially all employees. On May 14, 2012, the Company informed its employees of its decision to freeze participation and benefit accruals under 
the plan, primarily to reduce some of the volatility in earnings that can accompany the maintenance of a defined benefit plan.  The freeze became effective June 30, 2012.  Compensation earned by employees up to June 30, 2012 is 
used for purposes of calculating benefits under the plan but there will be no future benefit accruals after this date.  Participants as of June 30, 2012 will continue to earn vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits as 
they continue to work. Pension expense under these plans is charged to current operations and consists of several components of net pension cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience under the plans.  

Gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and any remaining transition amounts that have not yet been recognized through net periodic benefit cost are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects, 
until they are amortized as a component of net periodic cost.  Plan assets and obligations are measured as of the Company’s statement of condition date.  

- 66 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The Company has unfunded deferred compensation and supplemental executive retirement plans for selected current and former employees and officers that provide benefits that cannot be paid from a qualified retirement plan due 
to  Internal  Revenue  Code  restrictions.  These  plans  are  nonqualified  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  and  assets  used  to  fund  benefit  payments  are  not  segregated  from  other  assets  of  the  Company,  therefore,  in  general,  a 
participant's or beneficiary's claim to benefits under these plans is as a general creditor.  

The Company sponsors an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) covering substantially all full time employees.  The cost of shares issued to the ESOP but not committed to be released to the participants is presented in the 
consolidated statement of condition as a reduction of shareholders’ equity.  ESOP shares are released to the participants proportionately as the loan is repaid.  The Company records ESOP compensation expense based on the shares 
committed to be released and allocated to the participant’s accounts multiplied by the average share price of the Company’s stock over the period.  Dividends related to unallocated shares are recorded as compensation expense.  

Derivative Financial Instruments   

Derivatives are recorded on the statement of condition as assets and liabilities measured at their fair value. The accounting for increases and decreases in the value of derivatives depends upon the use of derivatives and whether the 
derivatives qualify for hedge accounting.  The Company currently has one interest rate swap, which has been determined to be a cash flow hedge.  The fair value of cash-flow hedging instruments (“Cash Flow Hedge”) is recorded in 
either other assets or other liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the statement of condition is adjusted to reflect the then current fair value of the Cash Flow Hedge. The related gains or losses are reported in other comprehensive income 
(loss) and are subsequently reclassified into earnings, as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the hedged item (primarily a variable-rate debt obligation) affect earnings. To the extent that the Cash 
Flow Hedge is not effective, the ineffective portion of the Cash Flow Hedge is immediately recognized as interest expense.  

Income Taxes  

Provisions for income taxes  are based on taxes currently payable or refundable and deferred  income taxes on temporary differences  between the tax  basis of  assets and liabilities  and  their reported amounts in  the consolidated 
financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to 
be realized or settled.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings  per common share  are computed  by  dividing net income, after  preferred stock  dividends and preferred  stock discount  accretion,  by  the weighted average number of  common shares  outstanding throughout each 
year.  Diluted earnings per share gives effect to weighted average shares that would be outstanding assuming the exercise of issued stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method.  Unallocated shares of the Company’s 
ESOP plan are not included when computing earnings per share until they are committed to be released.  

- 67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Segment Reporting  

The Company has evaluated the activities relating to its strategic business units.  The controlling interest in the Fitzgibbons Agency is dissimilar in nature and management when compared to the Company’s other strategic business 
units  which  are  judged  to  be  similar  in  nature  and  management.  The  Company  has  determined  that  the  Fitzgibbons  Agency  is  below  the  reporting  threshold  in  size  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification 
280.  Accordingly, the Company has determined it has no reportable segments.  

Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the equity section of 
the statement of condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) represents the sum of these items, with the exception of net income, as of the balance sheet date and is represented in the table below.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss By Component:  
Unrealized loss for pension and other postretirement obligations  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss for pension and other postretirement obligations  
Unrealized loss on financial derivative instruments used in cash flow hedging relationships  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss on financial derivative instruments used in cash flow hedging relationships  
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities  
Unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  

Reclassifications  

As of December 31,  

2013   
(1,637 ) 
655   
(982 ) 
(135 ) 
54   
(81 ) 
166   
(67 ) 
99   
(1,302 ) 
521   
(781 ) 
(1,745 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
(4,608 ) 
1,843   
(2,765 ) 
(195 ) 
78   
(117 ) 
2,606   
(1,042 ) 
1,564   
-  
-  
-  
(1,318 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Certain amounts in the 2012 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on net income as previously reported.  

NOTE 2:  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-04 – Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40).  Topic 310-40 provides 
guidance on situations in which a creditor obtains one or more collateral assets in satisfaction of all or part of the receivable.  That guidance indicates that a creditor should reclassify a collateralized mortgage loan such that the loan 
should be derecognized and the collateral asset recognized when it determines that there has been in substance a repossession or foreclosure by the creditor, that is, the creditor receives physical possession of the debtor’s assets 
regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place. However, the terms in substance repossession or foreclosure and physical possession are not defined in the accounting literature and there is diversity about when a 
creditor should derecognize the loan receivable and recognize the real estate property. That diversity has been highlighted by recent extended foreclosure timelines and processes related to residential real estate properties. The 
amendments in this Update apply to all creditors who obtain physical possession (resulting from an in substance repossession or foreclosure) of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan in satisfaction 
of  a  receivable  and  are  effective  for  public  business  entities  for  annual  periods,  and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods,  beginning  after  December  15,  2014.  The  Company  does  not  expect  a  material  impact  on  its 
consolidated statements of condition, results of operations, or cash flows.  

- 68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 3:  EARNINGS PER SHARE  

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Net income available to common shareholders is 
net income to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. less the total of preferred dividends declared. Diluted earnings per share include the potential dilutive effect that could occur upon the assumed exercise of issued stock options using the 
Treasury  Stock  method.  Unallocated  common  shares  held  by  the  ESOP  are  not  included  in  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  purposes  of  calculating  earnings  per  common  share  until  they  are 
committed to be released to plan participants.  

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Basic Earnings Per Common Share  

Net income available to common shareholders  
Weighted average common shares outstanding  

Basic earnings per common share  

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share  

Net income available to common shareholders  
Weighted average common shares outstanding  
Effect of assumed exercise of stock options  
Effect of assumed exercise of stock warrants  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding  

Diluted earnings per common share  

- 69 

Years Ended  
December 31,  
2013   

2,406   
2,517   
0.96   

  $ 

  $ 

2,406   
  $ 
2,517         
14   
-  
2,531   
0.95   

  $ 

2012   

2,199   
2,504   
0.88   

2,199   
2,504   
8   
4   
2,516   
0.87   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 4: INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities are summarized as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Available-for-Sale Portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total available-for-sale  

Held-to-Maturity Portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  

Total held-to-maturity  

Available-for-Sale Portfolio  
(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total investment securities  

Amortized   
Cost   

December 31, 2013  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

16,935   
6,429   
13,498   
42,378   
79,240   

643   
456   
183   
271   
1,553   
80,793   

1,872   
21,371   
3,746   
7,423   
34,412   

Amortized   
Cost   

6,175   
26,413   
22,942   
47,113   
296   
102,939   

1,286   
905   
183   
420   
2,794   
105,733   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2   
164   
198   
496   
860   

5   
195   
162   
22   
384   
1,244   

-  
11   
16   
-  
27   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(340 ) 
(6 ) 
-  
(732 ) 
(1,078 ) 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
(1,078 ) 

(25 ) 
(118 ) 
(44 ) 
(30 ) 
(217 ) 

December 31, 2012  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

16   
1,065   
468   
1,139   
9   
2,697   

5   
176   
136   
12   
329   
3,026   

  $ 

  $ 

(8 ) 
(7 ) 
(404 ) 
(1 ) 
-  
(420 ) 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
(420 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

16,597   
6,587   
13,696   
42,142   
79,022   

648   
651   
345   
293   
1,937   
80,959   

1,847   
21,264   
3,718   
7,393   
34,222   

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,251   
305   
105,216   

1,291   
1,081   
319   
432   
3,123   
108,339   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

- 70 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The Company’s investments in mortgage-backed securities include pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and GNMA.  As of December 31, 2013 and 
December  31,  2012,  no private-label  mortgage-backed securities  or collateralized mortgage  obligations were held  in the securities  portfolio.  The Company’s  investments in state and  political obligation  securities generally  are 
municipal  obligations  that  are  general  obligations  supported  by  the  general  taxing  authority  of  the  issuer,  and  in  some  cases  are  insured.  The  obligations  issued  by  school  districts  are  supported  by  state  aid.  Primarily,  these 
investments are issued by municipalities within New York State.  

The Company elected to transfer 55 available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities with an aggregate fair value of $32.5 million to a classification of held-to-maturity (“HTM”) on September 30, 2013.  In accordance with FASB ASC 320-10-
55-24, the transfer from AFS to HTM must be recorded at the fair value of the AFS securities at the time of transfer.  The net unrealized holding loss of $799,000, net of tax, at the date of transfer was retained in accumulated other 
comprehensive loss,  with the associated pre-tax  amount retained  in the  carrying value of  the HTM securities.  Such amounts will be amortized to  interest income over the remaining  life  of the  securities.   The fair value  of the 
transferred AFS securities became the book value of the HTM securities at September 30, 2013, with no unrealized gain or loss at this date.  Future reporting periods, with potential changes in market value for these securities, would 
likely record an unrealized gain or loss for disclosure purposes.  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt investments at December 31, 2013 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to 
call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.  

(In thousands)  
Due in one year or less  
Due after one year through five years  
Due after five years through ten years  
Due after ten years  
Sub-total  

Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  

Totals  

Available-for-Sale  

Held-to-Maturity  

Amortized   
Cost   

Estimated   
Fair Value   

Amortized   
Cost   

Estimated   
Fair Value   

6,419   
25,648   
4,634   
161   
36,862   
42,378   
79,240   

  $ 

  $ 

6,438   
25,835   
4,446   
161   
36,880   
42,142   
79,022   

  $ 

  $ 

186   
824   
12,360   
13,619   
26,989   
7,423   
34,412   

  $ 

  $ 

186   
825   
12,302   
13,516   
26,829   
7,393   
34,222   

  $ 

  $ 

- 71 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The Company’s investment securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, is as follows:  

Available-for-Sale  
(Dollars in thousands)  
US Treasury, agencies and GSE's  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US 
agency  
Totals  
Held-to-Maturity  
US Treasury, agencies and GSE's  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US 
agency  
Totals  

Available-for-Sale  
(Dollars in thousands)  
US Treasury, agencies and GSE's  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US 
agency  
Totals  

Less than Twelve Months  

Number of 
Individual 
Securities 

Unrealized    
Losses    

14   
1   
-  

25   
40   

2   
37   
4   

6   
49   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(340 ) 
(4 ) 
-  

(682 ) 
(1,026 ) 

(25 ) 
(118 ) 
(44 ) 

(30 ) 
(217 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Fair 
Value 

15,573   
114   
-  

23,442   
39,129   

1,847   
17,814   
3,171   

5,526   
28,358   

December 31, 2013  
Twelve Months or More  

Number of 
Individual    
Securities    

Unrealized 
Losses 

-  
3   
-  

1   
4   

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

-  
(2 ) 
-  

(50 ) 
(52 ) 

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Number of    
Individual    
Securities 

Total  

Unrealized    
Losses    

14   
4   
-  

26   
44   

2   
37   
4   

6   
49   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(340 ) 
(6 ) 
-  

(732 ) 
(1,078 ) 

(25 ) 
(118 ) 
(44 ) 

(30 ) 
(217 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Fair 
Value    

-  
397   
-  

878   
1,275   

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

Fair 
Value   

15,573   
511   
-  

24,320   
40,404   

1,847   
17,814   
3,171   

5,526   
28,358   

Less than Twelve Months  

December 31, 2012  
Twelve Months or More  

Number of  
Individual  
Securities  

Unrealized  
Losses  

Fair  
Value  

Number of  
Individual  
Securities  

Unrealized  
Losses  

Fair  
Value  

Number of  
Individual  
Securities  

Total  

Unrealized  
Losses  

Fair  
Value  

1   
8   
2   

2   
13   

  $ 

  $ 

(8 ) 
(7 ) 
(14 ) 

(1 ) 
(30 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

992   
2,008   
974   

1,411   
5,385   

-  
-  
2   

-  
2   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
(390 ) 

-  
(390 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
1,580   

-  
1,580   

1   
8   
4   

2   
15   

  $ 

  $ 

(8 ) 
(7 ) 
(404 ) 

(1 ) 
(420 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

992   
2,008   
2,554   

1,411   
6,965   

The Company conducts a formal review of investment securities on a quarterly basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”).  The Company assesses whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a debt 
security is less than its amortized cost basis at the statement of condition date.  Under these circumstances, OTTI is considered to have occurred (1) if we intend to sell the security; (2) if it is “more likely than not” we will be 
required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not anticipated to be sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis.  The guidance requires that credit-
related  OTTI  is  recognized  in  earnings  while  non-credit-related  OTTI  on  securities  not  expected  to  be  sold  is  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  (“OCI”).  Non-credit-related  OTTI  is  based  on  other  factors,  including 
illiquidity and changes  in the  general interest rate environment.  Presentation  of OTTI is  made in the  consolidated statement of income on a gross  basis, including  both the portion recognized in earnings  as well as the portion 
recorded in OCI.  The gross OTTI would then be offset by the amount of non-credit-related OTTI, showing the net as the impact on earnings.  

Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss in other securities within the portfolio as of December 31, 2013 represents OTTI.  One individual municipal security is rated below investment grade, yet the current 
unrealized loss is less than $1,000 and has only been in place for 1 month.  All other related securities are rated A2 or better by Moody’s and have been in unrealized loss positions for 11 months or less, with the exception of 3 
municipal securities and 1 mortgage-backed security.  The 3 municipal securities are issuances from school districts located within the bank’s primary market area.  The mortgage-backed security was issued by Fannie Mae.  The 
unrealized losses in the portfolio are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates.  The Company does not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities 
prior to the recovery of the amortized cost.  

- 72 

 
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
   
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
In determining whether OTTI has occurred for equity securities, the Company considers the applicable factors described above and the length of time the equity security’s fair value has been below the carrying amount. Management 
has determined that we have the intent and ability to retain the equity securities for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery. All of the Company’s equity securities had a fair value greater than the book value at December 31, 
2013.  

Gross realized gains (losses) on sales and redemptions of securities for the years ended December 31 are detailed below:  

(In thousands)  
Realized gains  
Realized losses  

  $ 

  $ 

2013   
370   
(5 ) 
365   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
397   
(22 ) 
375   

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, securities with a fair value of $58.6 million and $46.0 million, respectively, were pledged to collateralize certain municipal deposit relationships.  As of the same dates, securities 
with a fair value of $21.6 million and $37.8 million were pledged against certain borrowing arrangements.  

Management has reviewed its loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios and determined that, to the best of its knowledge, little or no exposure exists to sub-prime or other high-risk residential mortgages.  The Company is not 
in the practice of investing in, or originating, these types of investments or loans.  

- 73 

 
 
 
 
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 5: LOANS  

Major classifications of loans are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  

Total loans  

Net deferred loan costs  
Less allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  

December 31,   
2013   

December 31,   
2012   

  $ 

  $ 

166,298   
1,982   
168,280   

95,536   
14,444   
32,675   
5,122   
147,777   

21,110   
4,166   
25,276   

341,333   
300   
(5,041 ) 
336,592   

  $ 

  $ 

173,955   
2,655   
176,610   

82,329   
13,748   
31,477   
3,588   
131,142   

22,073   
3,469   
25,542   

333,294   
454   
(4,501 ) 
329,247   

The  Company  originates  residential  mortgage,  commercial  and  consumer  loans  largely  to  customers  throughout  Oswego,  Onondaga,  Jefferson,  and  Oneida  counties.  Although  the  Company  has  a  diversified  loan  portfolio,  a 
substantial portion of its borrowers’ abilities to honor their contracts is dependent upon the counties’ employment and economic conditions.  

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, residential mortgage loans with a carrying value of $114.8 million and $58.6 million, respectively, have been pledged by the Company to the Federal Home Loan Bank of New 
York (“FHLBNY”) under a blanket collateral agreement to secure the Company’s line of credit and term borrowings.  

Loan Origination / Risk Management  

The Company has lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk.  Management and the Board of Directors reviews and approves these policies and procedures 
on  a  regular  basis.  A  reporting  system  supplements  the  review  process  by  frequently  providing  management  with  reports  related  to  loan  production,  loan  quality,  loan  delinquencies,  nonperforming  and  potential  problem 
loans.  Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.  

- 74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Risk Characteristics of Portfolio Segments  

Each portfolio segment generally carries its own unique risk characteristics.  

The  residential  mortgage loan  segment  is  impacted by  general economic  conditions, unemployment  rates  in  the Bank’s service area,  real  estate  values and the forward expectation  of improvement or  deterioration  in economic 
conditions.  

The commercial loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions but, more specifically, the industry segment in which each borrower participates.  Unique competitive changes within a borrower’s specific industry, or 
geographic location could cause significant changes in the borrower’s revenue stream, and therefore, impact its ability to repay its obligations.  Commercial real estate is also subject to general economic conditions but changes 
within this segment typically lag changes seen within the consumer and commercial segment.  Included within this portfolio are both owner occupied real estate, in which the borrower occupies the majority of the real estate property 
and upon which the majority of the sources of repayment of the obligation is dependent upon, and non-owner occupied real estate, in which several tenants comprise the repayment source for this portfolio segment.  The composition 
and competitive position of the tenant structure may cause adverse changes in the repayment of debt obligations for the non-owner occupied class within this segment.  

The consumer loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions, unemployment rates in the Company’s service area, and the forward expectation of improvement or deterioration in economic conditions.  

Real estate loans, including residential mortgages, commercial real estate loans and home equity, comprise 84% of the portfolio in 2013, identical to the composition in 2012.  Loans secured by real estate provide the best collateral 
protection and thus significantly reduce the inherent risk in the portfolio.  

Management has reviewed its loan portfolio and determined that, to the best of its knowledge, little or no exposure exists to sub-prime or other high-risk residential mortgages.  The Company is not in the practice of originating these 
types of loans.  

Description of Credit Quality Indicators  

The Company utilizes an eight tier risk rating system to evaluate the quality of its loan portfolio.  Loans that are risk rated “1” through “4” are considered “Pass” loans.  In accordance with regulatory guidelines, loans rated “5”
through “8” are termed “criticized” loans and loans rated “6” through “8” are termed “classified” loans.  A description of the Company’s credit quality indicators follows.  

For Commercial Loans:  

1.   Prime :  A loan that is fully secured by properly margined Pathfinder Bank deposit account(s) or an obligation of the US Government.  It may also be unsecured if it is supported by a very strong financial condition and, in 

the case of a commercial loan, excellent management.  There exists an unquestioned ability to repay the loan in accordance with its terms.  

2.   Strong :  Desirable relationship of somewhat less stature than Prime grade.  Possesses a sound documented repayment source, and back up, which will allow repayment within the terms of the loan.  Individual loans backed 

by solid assets, character and integrity.  Ability of individual or company management is good and well established.  Probability of serious financial deterioration is unlikely.  

- 75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

3.   Satisfactory :  Stable financial condition with cash flow sufficient for debt service coverage.  Satisfactory loans of average strength having some deficiency or vulnerability to changing economic or industry conditions but 
performing  as  agreed  with  documented  evidence  of  repayment  capacity.  May  be  unsecured  loans  to  borrowers  with  satisfactory  credit  and  financial  strength.  Satisfactory  provisions  for  management  succession  and  a 
secondary source of repayment exists.  

4.   Satisfactory  Watch:    A  four  is  not  a  criticized  or  classified  credit.  These  credits  do  not  display  the  characteristics  of  a  criticized  asset  as  defined  by  the  regulatory  definitions.  A  credit  is  given  a  Satisfactory  Watch 
designation if there are matters or trends observed deserving attention somewhat beyond normal monitoring.  Borrowing obligations may be handled according to agreement but could be adversely impacted by developing 
factors such as industry conditions, operating problems, litigation pending of a significant nature or declining collateral quality and adequacy.                                        

5.   Special Mention :  A warning risk grade that portrays one or more weaknesses that may be tolerated in the short term.  Assets in this category are currently protected but are potentially weak.  This loan would not normally 
be booked as a new credit, but may have redeeming characteristics persuading the Bank to continue working with the borrower.  Loans accorded this classification have potential weaknesses which may, if not checked or 
corrected, weaken the company’s assets, inadequately protect the Bank’s position or effect the orderly, scheduled reduction of the debt at some future time.  

6.   Substandard  :  The  relationship  is  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  net  worth  and  cash  flow  capacity  of  the  borrower,  guarantor/endorser,  or  of  the  collateral  pledged.  Assets  have  a  well-defined  weakness  or 
weaknesses  that  jeopardize  the  orderly  liquidation  of  the  debt.  The  relationship  shows  deteriorating  trends  or  other  deficient  areas.  The  loan  may  be  nonperforming  and  expected  to  remain  so  for  the  foreseeable 
future.  Relationship balances may be adequately secured by asset value; however a deteriorated financial condition may necessitate collateral liquidation to effect repayment.  A relationship with an unacceptable financial 
condition requiring excessive attention of the officer due to the nature of the credit risk or lack of borrower cooperation.  All loans on nonaccrual or in a bankruptcy are not graded higher than Substandard.  

7.   Doubtful :  The  relationship  has  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  a credit  graded 5  with  the  added  characteristic  that the weaknesses  make  collection on  the  basis  of  currently  existing  facts,  conditions  and value,  highly 
questionable or improbable.  The possibility of some loss is extremely high, however its classification as an anticipated loss is deferred until a more exact determination of the extent of loss is determined.  Loans in this 
category must be on nonaccrual.  

8.   Loss :  Loans are considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  It is not practicable or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial 

recovery may be possible in the future.  

For Residential Mortgage and Consumer Loans:  

Residential mortgage and consumer loans are assigned a “Pass” rating unless the loan has demonstrated signs of weakness as indicated by the ratings below.  

5.   Special Mention : All loans sixty days past due are classified Special Mention. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for six consecutive months.  

6.   Substandard : All loans 90 days past due are classified Substandard. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for six consecutive months.  

- 76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

7.   Doubtful :  The  relationship  has  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  a credit  graded 5  with  the  added  characteristic  that the weaknesses  make  collection on  the  basis  of  currently  existing  facts,  conditions  and value,  highly 

questionable or improbable.  The possibility of some loss is extremely high.  

The risk ratings for classified loans are evaluated at least quarterly for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent loan payments, for commercial, residential mortgage or consumer loans.  See further 
discussion of risk ratings in Note 1.  

The following table presents the segments and classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate pass rating and the criticized and classified ratings of special mention, substandard and doubtful within the Company's internal 
risk rating system:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

As of December 31, 2013  

Special         
Mention   

Substandard   

Doubtful   

1,649   
-  
1,649   

918   
560   
468   
-  
1,946   

487   
30   
517   
4,112   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

4,622   
-  
4,622   

4,456   
943   
899   
-  
6,298   

976   
74   
1,050   
11,970   

  $ 

14   
-  
14   

-  
-  
149   
-  
149   

80   
22   
102   
265   

  $ 

  $ 

As of December 31, 2012  

Special         
Mention   

Substandard   

Doubtful   

1,323   
-  
1,323   

1,685   
-  
237   
-  
1,922   

145   
133   
278   
3,523   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,831   
-  
5,831   

3,925   
1,647   
1,500   
-  
7,072   

1,801   
111   
1,912   
14,815   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  
75   
35   
-  
110   

49   
26   
75   
185   

  $ 

Total   

166,298   
1,982   
168,280   

95,536   
14,444   
32,675   
5,122   
147,777   

21,110   
4,166   
25,276   
341,333   

Total   

173,955   
2,655   
176,610   

82,329   
13,748   
31,477   
3,588   
131,142   

22,073   
3,469   
25,542   
333,294   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Pass   

160,013   
1,982   
161,995   

90,162   
12,941   
31,159   
5,122   
139,384   

19,567   
4,040   
23,607   
324,986   

Pass   

166,801   
2,655   
169,456   

76,719   
12,026   
29,705   
3,588   
122,038   

20,078   
3,199   
23,277   
314,771   

- 77 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans  

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received within thirty days of the payment due date.  

An age analysis of past due loans, exclusive of deferred costs, segregated by class of loans were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

30-59 Days   
Past Due   

60-89 Days   
Past Due   

90 Days   
and Over   

Total         

Past Due   

As of December 31, 2013  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,213   
-  
2,213   

1,407   
341   
2,045   
-  
3,793   

954   
46   
1,000   
7,006   

30-59 Days   
Past Due   

2,698   
-  
2,698   

1,706   
496   
1,279   
-  
3,481   

207   
26   
233   
6,412   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,472   
-  
1,472   

1,901   
113   
1,289   
-  
3,303   

281   
51   
332   
5,107   

60-89 Days   
Past Due   

1,161   
-  
1,161   

1,833   
153   
85   
-  
2,071   

405   
42   
447   
3,679   

- 78 

2,194   
-  
2,194   

1,934   
381   
394   
-  
2,709   

402   
45   
447   
5,350   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,879   
-  
5,879   

5,242   
835   
3,728   
-  
9,805   

1,637   
142   
1,779   
17,463   

  $ 

As of December 31, 2012  

90 Days   
and Over   

Total         

Past Due   

2,046   
-  
2,046   

1,794   
334   
598   
-  
2,726   

730   
46   
776   
5,548   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,905   
-  
5,905   

5,333   
983   
1,962   
-  
8,278   

1,342   
114   
1,456   
15,639   

  $ 

Current   

160,419   
1,982   
162,401   

90,294   
13,609   
28,947   
5,122   
137,972   

19,473   
4,024   
23,497   
323,870   

Current   

168,050   
2,655   
170,705   

76,996   
12,765   
29,515   
3,588   
122,864   

20,731   
3,355   
24,086   
317,655   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total Loans   
Receivable   

166,298   
1,982   
168,280   

95,536   
14,444   
32,675   
5,122   
147,777   

21,110   
4,166   
25,276   
341,333   

Total Loans   
Receivable   

173,955   
2,655   
176,610   

82,329   
13,748   
31,477   
3,588   
131,142   

22,073   
3,469   
25,542   
333,294   

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Year-end nonaccrual loans, segregated by class of loan, were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total nonaccrual loans  

December 31, 
2013 

 $             2,194 
                2,194 

                1,934 
                   381 
                   394 
                2,709 

                   402 
                     45 
                   447 
 $             5,350 

December 31, 
2012 

 $             2,046 
                2,046 

                1,794 
                   334 
                   598 
                2,726 

                   730 
                     46 
                   776 
 $             5,548 

There were no loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2013 or 2012.  

The Company is required to disclose certain activities related to Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”s) in accordance with accounting guidance.  Certain loans have been modified in a TDR where economic concessions have 
been granted to a borrower who is experiencing, or expected to experience, financial difficulties.  These economic concessions could include a reduction in the loan interest rate, extension of payment terms, reduction of principal 
amortization, or other actions that it would not otherwise consider for a new loan with similar risk characteristics.  

The Company is required to disclose new TDRs for each reporting period for which an income statement is being presented.  

The Company has determined that there was a new TDR with a recorded investment of $404,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013.  

•   The modification made within the residential real estate loan class resulted in a pre-modification and post-modification recorded investment of $400,000 and $407,000, respectively.  The post-modification recorded 
investment included late charges, accrued interest, and closing costs as a result of the restructuring.  Economic concessions granted included a reduction in loan interest rate, extended payment terms, and an advance of 
additional monies for closing costs without an associated increase in collateral.  The Company was required to establish a specific reserve against this loan of $61,000, which was a component of the provision for loan 
losses in the third quarter of 2013.  

The Company has determined that there were $1.1 million of recorded investment in new TDRs in the year ended December 31, 2012.  The following highlights the qualitative and quantitative information by loan class.  

•   Modifications made within the commercial real estate loan class included two loans with pre-modification and post-modification recorded investments of $564,000 and $358,000, respectively.  Economic concessions 
granted included interest only periods, extended payment terms and a reduction in loan interest rate.  The Company was required to increase the reserve against these two loans by $211,000 which was a component of 
the provision for loan losses in the third quarter of 2012.  

- 79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

•   Modifications made within the home equity and junior liens loan class included two loans with pre-modification and post-modification recorded investments which were unchanged at $279,000.  Economic concessions 

granted included interest only periods, extended payment terms and a reduction in loan interest rate.  An additional provision was not required as a result of these modifications.  

•   The first modification made within the other commercial and industrial loan class included a consolidation of three credit facilities into a single loan with a pre-modification and post-modification recorded investment 
of $439,000 and $468,000, respectively. The post-modification recorded investment included late charges, accrued interest, and closing costs as a result of the restructuring. Economic concessions granted included 
reduced  principal  amortization  and  an  extended  payment  term.  Management’s  review  indicates  adequate  collateral  coverage  in  support  of  this  loan.  An  additional  provision  was  not  required  as  a  result  of  this 
modification.  The second modification made in this loan class resulted in a pre-modification and post-modification recorded investment of $84,000 and $18,000, respectively.  Economic concessions granted included 
an advance of additional monies without an associated increase in collateral and a 12 month interest only period.  The Company was required to increase the reserve against this loan by $90,000, which was a component 
of the provision for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 2012.  

The sole TDR executed in 2013 indicated above was not in payment default at any time during 2013.  

When the Company modifies a loan within a portfolio segment, a potential impairment is analyzed either based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the interest rate of the original loan terms or the 
fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.  If it is determined that the value of the loan is less than its recorded investment, then impairment is recognized as a component of the provision for loan losses, an associated increase to 
the allowance for loan losses or as a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses in the current period.  

- 80 

   
   
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

Impaired Loans  

The following table summarizes impaired loans information by portfolio class:  

December 31, 2013  

Unpaid         

Principal   
Balance   

Recorded   
Investment   

Related   
Allowance   

Recorded   
Investment   

December 31, 2012  

Unpaid         

Principal   
Balance   

Related   
Allowance   

(In thousands)  
With no related allowance recorded:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

With an allowance recorded:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Totals  

  $ 

  $ 

550   
1,496   
196   
266   
294   
-  

402   
2,045   
185   
139   
165   
2   

952   
3,541   
381   
405   
459   
2   
5,740   

  $ 

  $ 

550   
1,499   
196   
266   
294   
-  

402   
2,054   
200   
139   
165   
2   

952   
3,553   
396   
405   
459   
2   
5,767   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

59   
649   
135   
107   
84   
2   

59   
649   
135   
107   
84   
2   
1,036   

  $ 

The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total  

2013 
1,407   
3,605   
406   
694   
512   
3   
6,627   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

- 82 

844   
1,571   
370   
801   
380   
-  

1,307   
1,182   
-  
230   
155   
5   

2,151   
2,753   
370   
1,031   
535   
5   
6,845   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

215   
401   
-  
207   
95   
5   

215   
401   
-  
207   
95   
5   
923   

844   
1,554   
358   
657   
380   
-  

1,307   
1,182   
-  
225   
155   
5   

2,151   
2,736   
358   
882   
535   
5   
6,667   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
1,682   
2,506   
417   
718   
488   
3   
5,814   

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The following table presents the interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total  

2013 
 $                 26 
                  176 
                    15 
                    32 
                    28 
                       -
 $               277 

- 83 

2012 
 $               108 
                    71 
                    14 
                    29 
                    10 
                      1 
 $               233 

 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 6: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and information pertaining to the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and balances of the allowance for loan losses and loans 
receivable based on individual and collective impairment evaluation by loan portfolio class at the indicated dates are summarized in the tables below.  An allocation of a portion of the allowance to a given portfolio class does not 
limit the Company’s ability to absorb losses in another portfolio class.  

(In thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  
Ending balance: collectively  
evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  
Ending balance: collectively  
evaluated for impairment  

1-4 family         

first-lien   
residential   
mortgage   

Residential         
construction   
mortgage   

Commercial   
real estate   

Commercial   
lines of credit   

Other   
commercial   
and industrial   

December 31, 2013  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

811   
(153 ) 
47   
(56 ) 
649   

  $ 

  $ 

59   

  $ 

590   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

-  

  $ 

1,748   
(46 ) 
19   
581   
2,302   

  $ 

  $ 

649   

  $ 

1,653   

  $ 

440   
(124 ) 
22   
59   
397   

  $ 

  $ 

135   

  $ 

262   

  $ 

166,298   

  $ 

1,982   

  $ 

95,536   

  $ 

14,444   

  $ 

952   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

3,541   

  $ 

381   

  $ 

165,346   

  $ 

1,982   

  $ 

91,995   

  $ 

14,063   

  $ 

Municipal   

Home equity   
and junior liens   

Other         

consumer   

Unallocated   

2   
-  
-  
-  
2   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

2   

  $ 

494   
(81 ) 
19   
1   
433   

  $ 

  $ 

84   

  $ 

349   

  $ 

5,122   

  $ 

21,110   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

459   

  $ 

5,122   

  $ 

20,651   

  $ 

- 84 

168   
(98 ) 
52   
14   
136   

  $ 

  $ 

2   

  $ 

134   

  $ 

4,166         

2         

4,164         

88   
-  
-  
200   
288   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

288   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

750   
(149 ) 
-  
233   
834   

107   

727   

32,675   

405   

32,269   

Total   

4,501   
(651 ) 
159   
1,032   
5,041   

1,036   

4,005   

341,333   

5,740   

335,592   

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
  
  
  
        
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

1-4 family         

first-lien   
residential   
mortgage   

Residential         
construction   
mortgage   

Commercial   
real estate   

Commercial   
lines of credit   

Other   
commercial   
and industrial   

December 31, 2012  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

664   
(108 ) 
75   
180   
811   

  $ 

  $ 

215   

  $ 

596   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

-  

  $ 

1,346   
(142 ) 
14   
530   
1,748   

  $ 

  $ 

401   

  $ 

1,347   

  $ 

463   
-  
50   
(73 ) 
440   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

440   

  $ 

173,955   

  $ 

2,655   

  $ 

82,329   

  $ 

13,748   

  $ 

2,151   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

2,736   

  $ 

358   

  $ 

171,804   

  $ 

2,655   

  $ 

79,593   

  $ 

13,390   

  $ 

Municipal   

Home equity   
and junior liens   

Other         

consumer   

Unallocated   

2   
-  
-  
-  
2   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

2   

  $ 

501   
(8 ) 
6   
(5 ) 
494   

  $ 

  $ 

95   

  $ 

399   

  $ 

3,588   

  $ 

22,073   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

535   

  $ 

3,588   

  $ 

21,538   

  $ 

- 85 

162   
(161 ) 
59   
108   
168   

  $ 

  $ 

5   

  $ 

163   

  $ 

3,469         

5         

3,464         

193   
-  
-  
(105 ) 
88   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

88   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

649   
(89 ) 
-  
190   
750   

207   

543   

31,477   

882   

30,595   

Total   

3,980   
(508 ) 
204   
825   
4,501   

923   

3,578   

333,294   

6,667   

326,627   

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
    
  
  
          
    
     
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 7: SERVICING  

Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition.  The unpaid principal balances of mortgage and other loans serviced for others were $28,597,000 and $24,775,000 at December 
31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The balance of capitalized servicing rights included in other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was $80,000 and $2,000, respectively.  

The following summarizes mortgage servicing rights capitalized and amortized:  

(In thousands)  
Mortgage servicing rights capitalized  
Mortgage servicing rights amortized  

  $ 
  $ 

2013   
88   
10   

  $ 
  $ 

2012   
2   
7   

NOTE 8: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Land  
Buildings  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  
Construction in progress  

Less: Accumulated depreciation  

  $ 

  $ 

2013   
1,794   
9,711   
9,827   
1,718   
23,050   
11,406   
11,644   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
1,544   
10,056   
9,051   
186   
20,837   
10,729   
10,108   

The  $1.5  million  increase  in  Construction  in  progress  relates  principally  to  the  Bank’s  purchase  of  three  properties  in  the  amount  of  $1.4  million  from  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  in  December  2013.  Depreciation  of  these 
properties will begin in 2014 in accordance with the Bank’s fixed asset policy.  

NOTE 9: GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

Goodwill  represents  the excess  cost  of an  acquisition  over the  fair value  of the  net  assets  acquired.  Goodwill  is  not amortized, but  is  evaluated annually  for  impairment or  between  annual  evaluations  in certain  circumstances. 
Management performs an annual assessment of the Company’s goodwill to determine whether or not any impairment of the carrying value may exist. The Company is permitted to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value.  For purposes of this assessment, management considers the Company and its subsidiaries as a whole to be the reporting unit. Based on the results 
of the assessment, management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill in the amount of $4.4 million is not impaired as of December 31, 2013.  

Of the total amount of the goodwill carried in the Company’s books as of December 31, 2013, $3.8 million of this amount is due to prior periods’ acquisitions of branches and $526,000 is due to the acquisition of the Fitzgibbons 
Agency.  The latter is more fully disclosed in Note 23 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.  

The identifiable intangible asset of $187,000 as of December 31, 2013 is due to the acquisition of the Fitzgibbons Agency and represents the customer list intangible. This amount differs from the $188,000 recorded at the time of 
acquisition on December 1, 2013 due to amortization of $1,000 taken during December 2013.  The future weighted amortization of this intangible asset is 7.5 years.  

- 86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for this identifiable intangible asset are as follows:  

(In thousands)  

Gross carrying amount  
Accumulated amortization  
Net amortizing intangibles  

       December 31,  
2013 

2012 

 $         188 
               (1) 
 $         187 

 $              -
                 -
 $              -

The estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years ended December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  

Thereafter  

NOTE 10: DEPOSITS  

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

  $ 

  $ 

A summary of deposits at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Savings accounts  
Time accounts  
Time accounts of $100,000 or more  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Demand deposit interest-bearing  
Demand deposit noninterest-bearing  
Mortgage escrow funds  
Total Deposits  

At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Year of Maturity:  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
Thereafter  
Total  

13   
13   
13   
13   
13   
122   

$ 

$ 

118,732   
18,857   
4,981   
7,603   
3,521   
6,198   
159,892   

- 87 

  $ 

  $ 

2013   
68,924   
71,165   
88,727   
13,337   
83,867   
32,281   
48,171   
3,668   
410,140   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
63,501   
78,176   
85,145   
14,441   
73,519   
29,693   
43,913   
3,417   
391,805   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 11: BORROWED FUNDS  

The composition of borrowings (excluding junior subordinated debentures) at December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Short-term:  

FHLB Advances  

Long-term:  

FHLB advances  
ESOP loan payable  
Citigroup Repurchase agreements  
Total long-term borrowings  

$ 

$ 

$ 

2013   

24,000   

16,000   
853   
-  
16,853   

$ 

$ 

$ 

2012   

9,000   

20,000   
964   
5,000   
25,964   

Terms of the ESOP loan payable, which is based on a variable rate, are detailed in Note 14.  

The principal balances, interest rates and maturities of the remaining borrowings, all of which are at a fixed rate, at December 31, 2013 are as follows:  

Term  
(Dollars in thousands)  

Advances with FHLB  
due within 1 year  
due within 2 years  
due within 3 years  
due within 4 years  
due within 10 years  

Total advances with FHLB  
Total long-term fixed rate borrowings  

At December 31, 2013, scheduled repayments of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):  

2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
Thereafter  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

5,110   
2,110   
3,110   
4,110   
110   
2,303   
16,853   

Principal   

Rates  

5,000   
2,000   
3,000   
4,000   
2,000   
16,000   
16,000   

2.85% - 3.07 % 
2.79 % 
2.12 % 
1.36% - 2.56 % 
2.55 % 

The Company has access to Federal Home Loan Bank advances, under which it can borrow at various terms and interest rates.  Residential mortgage loans with a carrying value of $114.8 million and FHLB stock with a carrying 
value of $2.4 million have been pledged by the Company under a blanket collateral agreement to secure the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2013.  The total outstanding indebtedness under borrowing facilities with the 
FHLB cannot exceed the total value of the assets pledged under the blanket collateral agreement.  The Company has a $21.6 million line of credit available at December 31, 2013 with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York through 
its Discount Window and has pledged various corporate and municipal securities against the line. The Company has $13.4 million in lines of credit available with three other correspondent banks. $6.4 million of that line of credit is 
available on an unsecured basis and the remaining $7.0 million must be collateralized with marketable investment securities. Interest on the lines is determined at the time of borrowing.  

- 88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
The Company has a non-consolidated subsidiary trust, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II, of which the Company owns 100% of the common equity.  The Trust issued $5,000,000 of 30 year floating rate Company-obligated pooled capital 
securities of Pathfinder Statutory Trust II.  The Company borrowed the proceeds of the capital securities from its subsidiary by issuing floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures having substantially similar 
terms.  The capital securities mature in 2037 and are treated as Tier 1 capital by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”).  The capital securities of the trust are a pooled trust preferred fund 
of Preferred Term Securities VI, Ltd. and are tied to the 3-month LIBOR (25 basis points) plus 1.65% for a total of 1.90% at December 31, 2013 with a five-year call provision.  The Company guarantees all of these securities.  

The Company's equity interest in the trust subsidiary of $155,000 is reported in "Other assets".  For regulatory reporting purposes, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 
Capital subject to previously specified limitations, until further notice. If regulators make a determination that Trust Preferred Securities can no longer be considered in regulatory capital, the securities become callable and the 
Company may redeem them.  

NOTE 12:  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND SUPPLEMENTAL     RETIREMENT PLANS  

The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees. The plan provides defined benefits based on years of service and final average salary. On May 14, 2012, the Company informed 
its employees of its decision  to freeze participation and benefit accruals under the plan, primarily  to reduce some of the volatility in earnings  that can accompany the maintenance of a defined benefit plan.  The freeze became 
effective June 30, 2012.  Compensation earned by employees up to June 30, 2012 is used for purposes of calculating benefits under the plan but there will be no future benefit accruals after this date.  Participants as of June 30, 2012 
will  continue  to  earn  vesting  credit  with  respect  to  their  frozen  accrued  benefits  as  they  continue  to  work.  In  addition,  the  Company  provides  certain  health  and  life  insurance  benefits  for  a  limited  number  of  eligible  retired 
employees.  The healthcare plan is contributory with participants’ contributions adjusted annually; the life insurance plan is noncontributory.  Employees with less than 14 years of service as of January 1, 1995, are not eligible for 
the health and life insurance retirement benefits.  

- 89 

 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The following tables set forth the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and the plans’ funded status as of December 31:  

(In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligations:  

Benefit obligations at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Actuarial (gain) loss  
Curtailment gain  
Benefits paid  

Benefit obligations at end of year  
Change in plan assets:  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Benefits paid  
Employer contributions  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year  
Funded Status - asset (liability)  

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31 are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Net loss, net of curtailment gain  
Tax Effect  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Pension Benefits  
2013   

9,465   
-  
379   
(1,277 ) 
-  
(234 ) 
8,333   

10,786   
2,139   
(234 ) 
-  
12,691   
4,358   

  $ 

  $ 

Pension Benefits  
2013   
1,543   
617   
926   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   

10,167   
166   
397   
863   
(1,919 ) 
(209 ) 
9,465   

7,549   
846   
(209 ) 
2,600   
10,786   
1,321   

2012   
4,466   
1,786   
2,680   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Postretirement Benefits  

2013   

450   
-  
18   
(28 ) 
-  
(38 ) 
402   

-  
-  
(38 ) 
38   
-  
(402 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Postretirement Benefits  

2013   
94   
38   
56   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   

401   
-  
17   
68   
-  
(36 ) 
450   

-  
-  
(36 ) 
36   
-  
(450 ) 

2012   
142   
57   
85   

Gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation or the fair value of assets are amortized over the average remaining service period of active participants.   

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $8,333,000 and $9,465,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The postretirement plan had an accumulated benefit obligation of $402,000 and 
$450,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

The significant assumptions used in determining the benefit obligations as of December 31, are as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  
2013   
4.95 % 
-  

2012   
4.05 % 
-  

Postretirement Benefits  

2013   
4.95 % 
-  

2012   
4.05 % 
-  

- 90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care plan.   The annual rates of increase in the per capita cost of covered medical and prescription drug benefits for 
future years were assumed to be 7.0% for 2014, gradually decreasing to 5.00% in 2018 and remain at that level thereafter.  

The composition of the net periodic benefit plan cost for the years ended December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of transition obligation  
Amortization of net losses  
Net periodic benefit plan (benefit) cost  

  $ 

  $ 

The significant assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit plan cost for years ended December 31, were as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  
2013   

-  
379   
(854 ) 
-  
361   
(114 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Pension Benefits  
2013   
4.05 % 
8.00 % 
-  

2012   

166   
397   
(809 ) 
-  
381   
135   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
4.40 % 
8.00 % 
-  

Postretirement Benefits  

2013   

2012   

-  
18   
-  
-  
20   
38   

  $ 

  $ 

Postretirement Benefits  

2013   
4.05 % 
-  
-  

-  
17   
-  
2   
13   
32   

2012   
4.40 % 
-  
-  

The long term rate of return on assets assumption was set based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the plan’s target allocation of asset 
classes.  Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 5.0%-9.0% and 2.0%-6.0%, respectively.  The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 3.0%.  When these overall return 
expectations are applied to the plan’s target allocation, the expected rate of return was determined to be in the range of 7.0% to 11.0%.  Management has chosen to use a 7.5% expected long-term rate of return to reflect current 
economic conditions and expected returns.  

The estimated net actuarial loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit plan cost during 2014 is $30,000.  The estimated amortization of the unrecognized transition obligation and 
actuarial loss for the post retirement health plan in 2014 is $13,000.  The expected net periodic benefit plan cost for 2014 is estimated at a $474,000 negative expense for both retirement plans.  

Plan assets are invested in diversified investment funds of the RSI Retirement Trust (the “Trust”), a private placement investment fund.  The investment funds include a series of equity and bond mutual funds or commingled trust 
funds, each with its own investment objectives, investment strategies and risks, as detailed in  the Statement of Investment Objectives and Guidelines.  The Trust  has been  given  discretion  by  the Plan Sponsor  to determine the 
appropriate strategic asset allocation versus plan liabilities, as governed by the Trust’s Statement of Investment Objectives and Guidelines.  

The long-term investment objectives are to maintain plan assets at a level that will sufficiently cover long-term obligations and to generate a return on plan assets that will meet or exceed the rate at which long-term obligations will 
grow.  A broadly diversified combination of equity and fixed income portfolios and various risk management techniques are used to help achieve these objectives.  

- 91 

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
In addition, significant consideration is paid to the plan’s funding levels when determining the overall asset allocation.  If the plan is considered to be well-funded, approximately 65% of the plan’s assets are allocated to equities and 
approximately 35% allocated to fixed-income.  Asset rebalancing normally occurs when the equity and fixed-income allocations vary by more than 10% from their respective targets (i.e., a 10% policy range guideline).  

The investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of the pension plan by exceeding the rate of inflation over the long-term.  In addition, investment managers for the Trust are expected to 
provide above average performance  when compared  to their peer  managers.  Performance  volatility  is  also  monitored.  Risk/volatility  is  further  managed  by  the  distinct investment objectives of  each  of the Trust  funds  and  the 
diversification within each fund.  

Pension plan assets measured at fair value are summarized below:  

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  

Large-cap value (a)  
Small-cap core (b)  
Large-cap Growth (c)  
International Core (d)  

Common/collective trusts - equity  

Large-cap core (e)  
Large-cap value (f)  

Common/collective trusts - fixed income  

Market duration fixed (g)  

Mutual Funds-Fixed Income  
   Intermediate duration (h)  
Company common stock  
Cash Equivalents-Money market  
Total  

At December 31, 2013  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

   $ 

  $ 

1,372   
1,801   
2,068   
1,447   

-  
-  

-        

2,473   
-  
-  
9,161       $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

1,533   
771   

1,226   

-  
-  
-  
3,530       $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

-  

-  
-  
-  
-      $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

1,372   
1,801   
2,068   
1,447   

1,533   
771   

1,226   

2,473   
-  
-  
12,691   

(a)   This category consists of investments whose sector and industry exposures are maintained within a narrow band around Russell 1000 index.  The portfolio holds approximately 150 stocks.  
(b)   This category contains stocks whose sector weightings are maintained within a narrow band around those of the Russell 2000 index.  The portfolio will typically hold more than 300 stocks.  
(c)   This category consists of a pair of mutual funds, one that seeks fast growing large-cap companies with sustainable franchises and positive price momentum, the other invests primarily in large cap growth companies based in 

the US.  

(d)   This category has investments in medium to large non-US companies, including high quality, durable growth companies and companies based in countries with stable economic and political systems.  
(e)   This fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500 Index by purchasing the securities represented in the Index in approximately the same weightings as the Index.  
(f)   This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yields.  The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.  
(g)   This category consists of an index fund that tracks the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.  The fund invests in Treasury, agency, corporate, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.  
(h)   This category consists of two funds, one containing a diversified portfolio of high-quality bonds and other fixed income securities, including U.S. Government obligations, mortgage-related and asset backed securities, 

corporate and municipal bonds, CMOs, and other securities rated   Baa or better.  The second fund emphasizes a more globally diversified portfolio of higher-quality, intermediate-term bonds.  

- 92 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  

Large-cap value (a)  
Small-cap core (b)  
Large-cap core (c)  
Large-cap value (d)  

Common/collective trusts - equity  

Large-cap core (e)  
Large-cap value (f)  
Large-cap growth (g)  

Common/collective trusts - fixed income  

Market duration fixed (h)  
Cash Equivalents-Money market  
Total  

At December 31, 2012  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

   $ 

  $ 

1,018   
1,339   
752   
1,239   

-  
-  
-  

-        
-  
4,348       $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

1,191   
595   
792   

3,860   
-  
6,438       $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-      $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

1,018   
1,339   
752   
1,239   

1,191   
595   
792   

3,860   
-  
10,786   

(a)   This category consists of investments whose sector and industry exposures are maintained within a narrow band around Russell 1000 index.  The portfolio holds approximately 150 stocks.  
(b)   This category contains stocks whose sector weightings are maintained within a narrow band around those of the Russell 2000 index.  The portfolio will typically hold more than 150 stocks.  
(c)   This category consists of a mutual fund that seeks fast growing large-cap companies with sustainable franchises and positive price momentum.  The portfolio holds 60 to 90 stocks.  
(d)   This category has investments in medium to large non-US companies, including high quality, durable growth companies and companies based in countries with stable economic and political systems.  
(e)   This fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500 Index by purchasing the securities represented in the Index in approximately the same weightings as the Index.  
(f)   This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yields.  The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.  
(g)   This category consists of a portfolio of between 35 and 55 stocks of fast growing, predictable, and cyclical large cap growth companies.  
(h)   This category consists of an index fund that tracks the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.  The fund invests in Treasury, agency, corporate, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.  

Funds that are mutual funds and actively traded qualify as “Level 1” assets because market values are readily available and accessible (“using quoted prices in active markets”).  Funds referred to as “common/collective trusts” are 
proprietary funds that are not available to the general public, and therefore classified as Level 2.  The value of these are determined based on underlying assets which may be securities having quoted prices in active markets, mutual 
funds, or fixed income securities whose methodology for determining fair value is described in Note 20.   

For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, the Bank expects to contribute approximately $36,000 to the postretirement plan.  In January 2012, the Bank made a contribution of $2.6 million to the pension plan in response to the 
unfunded pension liability of $2.6 million recorded at December 31, 2011. No additional contributions were made in 2013.  The Company may consider an additional contribution in 2014.  

- 93 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid from both retirement plans:  

(In thousands)  
                                                     Years ending December 31:  

2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
Years 2019 - 2023  

$ 

Pension   
Benefits   

254   
260   
264   
282   
291   
1,708   

$ 

Postretirement   
Benefits   

$ 

36   
36   
36   
37   
36   
158   

Total   

290   
296   
300   
319   
327   
1,866   

The  Company  also  offers  a  401(k)  plan  to  its  employees.  Contributions  to  this  plan  by  the  Company  were  $228,000  and  $208,000  for  2013  and  2012,  respectively. 
contribution to the plan in 2013.  

In  addition,  the  Company  made  a  $173,000  safe  harbor 

The Company maintains optional deferred compensation plans for its directors and certain executive officers, whereby fees and income normally received are deferred and paid by the Company based upon a payment schedule 
commencing at age 65 and continuing monthly for 10 years. Directors must serve on the board for a minimum of 5 years to be eligible for the Plan. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, other liabilities include approximately $1,990,000 
and $1,979,000, respectively, relating to deferred compensation. Deferred compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to approximately $208,000 and $217,000, respectively.  

The Company has a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for the benefit of a retired Chief Executive Officer at December 31, 2013.  A SERP was in place for the benefit of the present Chief Executive Officer at 
December 31, 2012 but was terminated on December 31, 2012 with the proceeds of the trust distributed on that date.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, other liabilities included approximately $125,000 and $173,000, respectively, 
accrued under this plan related only to the retired CEO.  Compensation expense includes approximately $12,000 relating to the supplemental executive retirement plan for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $16,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 2012.   

To assist in the funding of the Company’s benefits under the supplemental executive retirement plan, the Company is the owner of single premium life insurance policies on selected participants.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
the cash surrender values of these policies were $8,268,000 and $8,046,000, respectively.  

The Bank adopted a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”), effective January 1, 2014.  The SERP benefits certain key senior executives of the Bank who are selected by the Board to participate, including our 
Named Executive Officers.  The SERP is intended to provide a benefit from the Bank upon retirement, death, disability or voluntary or involuntary termination of service (other than “for cause”), subject to the requirements of 
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.  Accordingly, the SERP obligates the Bank to make a contribution to each executive’s account on the last business day of each calendar year.  In addition, the Bank, may, but is not 
required  to, make  additional  discretionary contributions to the  executive’s  accounts  from  time to time.  All executives  currently  participating in the  plan, including  the  Named Executive Officers, are  fully  vested in the  Bank’s 
contribution to the plan.  In the event the executive is terminated involuntarily or resigns for good reason within 24 months following a change in control, the Bank is required to make additional annual contributions the lesser 
of:  (1)  three years  or  (2)  the  number of years  remaining until  the  executive’s  benefit  age, subject  to potential  reduction  to  avoid an  excess  parachute  payment  under  Code  Section  280G.  In  the  event  of the executive’s death, 
disability or termination within 24 months after a change in control, the executive’s account will be paid in a lump sum to the executive or his beneficiary, as applicable.  In the event executive is entitled to a benefit from the SERP 
due to retirement or other termination of employment, the benefit will be paid either in a lump sum or in 10 annual installments as detailed in his or her participant agreement.  

- 94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 13:  STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS  

The April 2010 Stock Option Plan  

In June 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the grant of stock option awards to its Directors and Executive Officers under the 2010 Stock Option Plan that was approved at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on 
April 28, 2010 when 150,000 shares were authorized for award.  A total of 45,000 stock option awards were granted to the nine directors of the Company and 75,000 stock option awards, in total, were granted to the Chief Executive 
Officer and the Company’s four Senior Vice Presidents.  The awards will vest ratably over five years (20% per year for each year of the participant’s service with the Company) and will expire ten years from the date of the grant, or 
June 2021.  The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model used the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 
2.2%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .45; weighted average expected lives of the options of 7.0 years: cash dividend yield of 1.49%. Based upon these assumptions, the weighted 
average fair value of options granted was $3.77.  

In July 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the grant of 10,000 stock option awards in total to two newly elected Directors of the Company.  The awards will vest ratably over five years (20% per year for each 
year of the participant’s service with the Company) and will expire ten years from the date of the grant, or July 2023.  The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. The Black-Scholes model used the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 2.0%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .45; weighted average expected 
lives of the options of 7.0 years: cash dividend yield of 1.0%. Based upon these assumptions, the weighted average fair value of options granted was $6.08.  

The compensation expense of the awards is based on the fair value of the instruments on the date of grant.  The Company recorded compensation expense in the amount of $80,000 and $81,000 in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is 
expected to record $84,000 in each of the years 2014 through 2015, and $46,000, $12,000, and $7,000 in the years 2016 through 2018.  

At December 31, 2013, there were 105,000 options outstanding, of which 38,000 were exercisable at an exercise price of $9.00, and an average remaining contractual life of 7.5 years.  Expiring options in 2013 were the result of 
Director attrition.  

- 95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Activity in the stock option plans is as follows:  

(Shares in thousands)  
Outstanding at December 31, 2011  

Granted  
Newly Vested  
Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2012  

Granted  
Newly Vested  
Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2013  

Options   
Outstanding   
120   
-  
-  
(1 ) 
(13 ) 
106   
10   
-  
(5 ) 
(6 ) 
105   

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

Weighted         
Average   
Exercise Price   
9.00   
-  
9.00   
9.00   
9.00   
9.00   
13.88   
9.00   
9.00   
9.00   
9.00   

Shares   
Exercisable   
-  
-  
23   
(1 ) 
-  
22   
-  
21   
(5 ) 
-  
38   

The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received 
by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options prior to the expiration date.  The intrinsic value can change based on fluctuations in the market value of the Company’s stock.  At December 31, 2013, the intrinsic 
value of the stock options was $430,000.  At December 31, 2012, the intrinsic value of the stock options was $138,000.  

NOTE 14:  EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN  

The Company established the Pathfinder Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“Plan”) to purchase stock of the Company for the benefit of its employees.  In July 2011, the Plan received a $1.1 million loan from Community 
Bank, N.A., guaranteed by the Company, to fund the Plan’s purchase of 125,000 shares of the Company’s treasury stock.  The loan is being repaid in equal quarterly installments of principal plus interest over ten years beginning 
October 1, 2011.  Interest accrues at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 1.00%, and is secured by the unallocated shares of the ESOP stock.  In accordance with the payment of principal on the loan, a proportionate number of 
shares are allocated to the employees over the  ten year time horizon of the loan.  Participants’ vesting interest in the shares of Company stock is at the rate of 20%  per year.  The Company recorded $175,000 and $127,000 in 
compensation expense in 2013 and 2012, respectively, including $12,000 and $13,000 for dividends on unallocated shares in these same time periods.  At December 31, 2013, there were 93,750 unearned ESOP shares with a fair 
value of $1.3 million.  

- 96 

 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 15: INCOME TAXES  

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Current  
Deferred  

The provision for income taxes includes the following:  

(In thousands)  
Federal Income Tax  
New York State Franchise Tax  

The components of the net deferred tax (liability) asset, included in other assets or other liabilities as of December 31, are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Assets:  

Deferred compensation  
Allowance for loan losses  
Postretirement benefits  
Mortgage recording tax credit carryforward  
Impairment losses on investment securities  
Capital loss carryforward  
Held-to-maturity securities  
Other  

Total  
Liabilities:  

Pension asset  
Depreciation  
Accretion  
Loan origination fees  
Intangible assets  
Investment securities and financial derivative  
Prepaid expenses  

Total  

Less: deferred tax asset valuation allowance  

Net deferred tax liability  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2013   
645   
202   
847   

2013   
721   
126   
847   

2013   

818   
1,950   
155   
151   
183   
339   
504   
188   
4,288   

(1,686 ) 
(783 ) 
(159 ) 
(105 ) 
(1,486 ) 
(64 ) 
(52 ) 
(4,335 ) 
(47 ) 
(458 ) 
(505 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2012   
1,205   
(276 ) 
929   

2012   
873   
56   
929   

2012   

833   
1,741   
174   
206   
337   
293   
-  
284   
3,868   

(511 ) 
(703 ) 
(52 ) 
(176 ) 
(1,486 ) 
(1,008 ) 
(52 ) 
(3,988 ) 
(120 ) 
(458 ) 
(578 ) 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carry back period.  A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than 
not that some portion, or all of the deferred tax assets, will not be realized.  In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable 
income and the projected future level of taxable income over the periods in which the temporary differences comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible.  The judgment about the level of future taxable income is inherently 
subjective and is reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change. The valuation allowance of $458,000 represents the portion of the deferred tax asset that management believes may not be realizable, as the 
Company may not generate sufficient capital gains to offset its capital losses.  

- 97 

 
 
 
 
 
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
  
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

Federal statutory income tax rate  
State tax, net of federal benefit  
Tax-exempt interest income  
Increase in value of bank owned life insurance less premiums paid  
Gain on proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Other  
Effective income tax rate  

2013   
34.0 % 
2.6   
(8.5 ) 
(2.1 ) 
-  
-  
26.0 % 

2012   
34.0 % 
1.0   
(7.3 ) 
(2.3 ) 
(0.4 ) 
1.0   
26.0 % 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, in income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The tax 
years subject to examination by the Federal and New York State taxing authorities are the years ended December 31, 2010 through 2012.  

NOTE 16: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and 
standby letters of credit.  Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statement of condition. The contractual amount of those commitments to extend 
credit reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in this particular class of financial instrument. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of the instrument.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:  

(In thousands)  
Commitments to grant loans  
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit  
Standby letters of credit  

  $ 

Contract Amount  

2013   
16,008   
20,429   
4,563   

  $ 

2012   
25,145   
19,017   
1,481   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and 
may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitment amounts are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates 
each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counter party. Collateral 
held  varies  but  may  include  residential  real  estate  and  income-producing  commercial  properties.  Loan  commitments  outstanding  at  December  31,  2013  with  fixed  interest  rates  amounted  to  approximately  $2.6  million.  Loan 
commitments,  including unused lines of  credit  and  standby letters  of credit, outstanding  at  December 31, 2013 with  variable interest rates  amounted to  approximately  $38.4 million.  These outstanding  loan commitments  carry 
current market rates.  

- 98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Unfunded commitments under standby letters of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers.  These lines of credit usually do not 
contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.  

Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Generally, all letters of credit, when issued have expiration dates within one year.  The credit 
risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the  same  as  those  that  are  involved  in  extending  loan  facilities  to  customers.  The  Company  generally  holds  collateral  and/or  personal  guarantees  supporting  these 
commitments.  Management  believes  that  the  proceeds  obtained  through  a  liquidation  of  collateral  and  the  enforcement  of  guarantees  would  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  potential  amount  of  future  payments  required  under  the 
corresponding guarantees.  The amount of the liability as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not material.  

The Company leases land and leasehold improvements under agreements that expire in various years with renewal options over the next 30 years.  Rental expense, included in building occupancy expense, amounted to $83,000 for 
2013 and $65,000 for 2012.  

Approximate minimum rental commitments for non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:  

Years Ending December 31:  
(In thousands)  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  

Total minimum lease payments  

  $ 

  $ 

98   
91   
91   
91   
58   
429   

Included in the above table of minimum rental commitments is the lease on the new Syracuse branch which is targeted for opening in the second quarter of 2014.  The Company is expecting to pay $58,000 on an annual basis with 
$43,000 included in 2014.  

NOTE 17: DIVIDENDS AND RESTRICTIONS  

The  Board  of  Directors  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  M.H.C., determines  whether  the  Holding  Company will  waive  or receive dividends  declared  by  the  Company, subject to regulatory approval,  each time  the  Company declares  a 
dividend, which is expected to be on a quarterly basis. The Holding Company may elect to receive dividends and utilize such funds to pay expenses or for other allowable purposes. The FRB has indicated that (i) the Holding 
Company shall provide the FRB annually with written notice of its intent to waive its dividends prior to the proposed date of the dividend and the FRB shall have the authority to approve or deny any dividend waiver request; (ii) if a 
waiver is granted, dividends waived by the Holding Company will be excluded from the Company’s capital accounts for purposes of calculating dividend payments to minority shareholders.  During 2013 and 2012, the Company 
paid or accrued dividends totaling $190,000 to the Holding Company in each of these two years. The Holding Company did not waive the right to receive its portion of the cash dividends declared during 2013 or 2012.  

The Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is largely dependent on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company.  In addition to state law requirements and the capital requirements discussed in Note 18, federal 
statutes,  regulations  and  policies  limit  the  circumstances  under  which  the  Bank  may  pay  dividends.  The  amount  of  retained  earnings  legally  available  under  these  regulations  approximated  $6,833,000  as  of  December  31, 
2013.  Dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.  The Company is prohibited from accepting 
or directing the Bank to declare or pay a dividend or other capital distributions without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve.  

- 99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Since the Company has chosen to participate in the Treasury’s SBLF program, it is permitted to pay dividends on its common stock provided certain Tier 1 capital minimums are exceeded and SBLF dividends have been declared 
and paid to Treasury as of the most recent dividend period.  

NOTE 18: REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions 
by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must 
meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also 
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted 
assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  

As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  Bank’s  most  recent  notification  from  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  categorized  the  Bank  as  “well-capitalized”,  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  To  be 
categorized as “well-capitalized”, the Bank must maintain total risk based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the tables below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management 
believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented in the following table.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
As of December 31, 2013:  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)  

As of December 31, 2012:  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)  

Actual  

Amount   

47,862   
43,454   
43,454   

45,763   
41,574   
41,574   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Ratio   

14.1 % 
12.8 % 
8.7 % 

14.2 % 
12.9 % 
8.8 % 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Minimum  
For Capital  
Adequacy Purposes  
Amount   

27,106   
13,553   
19,928   

25,808   
12,904   
18,831   

Ratio   

8.0 % 
4.0 % 
4.0 % 

8.0 % 
4.0 % 
4.0 % 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Minimum  
To Be "Well-  
Capitalized"  
Under Prompt  
Corrective Provisions  
Amount   

33,883   
20,330   
24,910   

32,259   
19,356   
23,539   

Ratio   

10.0 % 
6.0 % 
5.0 % 

10.0 % 
6.0 % 
5.0 % 

On September 11, 2009, the Company entered into the Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to 
Treasury: (i) 6,771 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation amount per share equal to $1,000, for a total price of $6,771,000; and (ii) a 
Warrant to purchase 154,354 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price per share of $6.58.  The Company contributed to the Bank, its subsidiary, $5,500,000 or 81.23% of the proceeds of 
the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock.  

- 100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
        
        
        
     
  
  
     
        
        
        
     
  
  
     
        
     
     
  
  
     
        
     
     
  
   
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The $6,771,000 of proceeds was allocated to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values at issuance ($6,065,000 was allocated to the Series A Preferred Stock and $706,000 to the Warrant).  

On September 1, 2011, the Company redeemed all 6,771 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A.  The Company paid $6,786,000 to the Treasury Department to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, 
which included the original investment of $6,771,000, plus accrued dividends.  

In connection with this redemption, on September 1, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to which the Company sold to the Treasury, 13,000 
shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share for aggregate proceeds of $13,000,000.  This transaction was entered into as 
part of the Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund Program (“SBLF”).  

Accordingly, the Company is no longer subject to restrictions of the CPP program.  The SBLF program does have its own requirements, which are summarized below:  

The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2011.  The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate 
Liquidation  Amount,  was  initially  set  at  4.2%  per  annum  based  upon  the  current  level  of  “Qualified  Small  Business  Lending”,  or  “QSBL”  (as  defined  in  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement)  by  the  Company’s  wholly  owned 
subsidiary, the Bank.  The dividend rate for future dividend periods will be set based upon the “Percentage Change in Qualified Lending” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) between each dividend period and the 
“Baseline” QSBL  level.  Such dividend  rate  may  vary from 1%  per  annum  to  5% per  annum  for the second through  tenth  dividend  periods, from 1%  per  annum  to  7% per  annum  for the eleventh  through the first half of  the 
nineteenth dividend periods.   If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%.  Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of 
the Bank’s QSBL increases.   The Company’s dividend rate as of the date of this report is 1.0%. Updated lending information provided to the US Treasury in early 2013 resulted in a credit against the dividend rate for 2013.  Such 
dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current 
dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.    

The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the 
then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.  

The Company’s ability to pay common stock dividends is conditional on payment of the Series B Preferred Stock Dividends described above.  In addition, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly reports on QSBL 
lending reported on by its Auditor annually.  The Company must also outreach and advertise the availability of QSBL to organizations and individuals who represent minorities, woman and veterans.  The Company must annually 
certify that no business loans are made to principals of businesses who have been convicted of a sex crime against a minor.  Finally, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly, annual and other reports provided to 
shareholders concurrently with the Treasury.  

- 101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The Company’s goal is to maintain a strong capital position, consistent with the risk profile of its subsidiary banks that supports growth and expansion activities while at the same time exceeding regulatory standards.  At December 
31, 2013, the Bank exceeded all regulatory required minimum capital ratios and met the regulatory definition of a “well-capitalized” institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 
6% and a total risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.  

The Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, these reserve balances amounted to $1,680,000 and $2,811,000, respectively, and are included in Cash 
and due from banks in the statement of condition.  

NOTE 19: INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVE  

Derivative instruments are entered into primarily as a risk management tool of the Company. Financial derivatives are recorded at fair value as other liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on 
whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability are recognized 
currently in earnings. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent that it is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to earnings as the hedged 
transaction impacts net income. Any ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is recognized currently in earnings.  See Note 20 for further discussion of the fair value of the interest rate derivative.  

The  Company  has  $5  million  of  floating  rate  trust  preferred  debt  indexed  to  3-month  LIBOR.  As  a  result,  it  is  exposed  to  variability  in  cash  flows  related  to  changes  in  projected  interest  payments  caused  by  changes  in  the 
benchmark  interest  rate.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  the  Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate  swap  agreement,  with  a  $2.0  million  notional  amount,  to  convert  a  portion  of  the  variable-rate  junior  subordinated 
debentures to a fixed rate for a term of approximately 7 years at a rate of 4.96%.  The derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge.  The hedging strategy ensures that changes in cash flows from the derivative will be highly 
effective at offsetting changes in interest expense from the hedged exposure.  

The following table summarizes the fair value of outstanding derivatives and their presentation on the statements of condition as of December 31:  

 (In thousands)  
 Cash flow hedge:  

 Other liabilities  

   $ 

135       $ 

2013   

The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss, on a pretax basis, and the impact on earnings from the interest rate swap that qualifies as a cash flow hedge for the year ended December 31 were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Balance as of January 1:  

Amount of losses recognized in other comprehensive income  
Amount of loss reclassified from other comprehensive income  
     and recognized as interest expense  

Balance as of December 31:  

   $ 

   $ 

2013   
(195 )     $ 
(2 )       

62         
(135 )     $ 

2012   

195   

2012   
(200 ) 
(53 ) 

58   
(195 ) 

No amount of ineffectiveness has been included in earnings and the changes in fair value have been recorded in other comprehensive income.  Some or the entire amount included in accumulated other comprehensive loss would be 
reclassified into current earnings should a portion of, or the entire hedge no longer be considered effective, but at this time, management expects the hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap.  

- 102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
     
          
    
     
  
Table of Contents 
The Company posted cash, of $200,000, under collateral arrangements to satisfy collateral requirements associated with the interest rate swap contract.  

NOTE 20: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND DISCLOSURES  

Accounting guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs 
reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:  

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.  

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and 
significant value drivers are observable in active markets.  

Level 3 – Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.  

An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

In  determining  fair  value,  the  Company  utilizes  valuation  techniques  that  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs,  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs,  to  the  extent  possible,  and  considers  counterparty  credit  risk  in  its 
assessment of fair value.  

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:  

Investment securities:  The fair values of securities available-for-sale are obtained from an independent third party and are based on quoted prices on nationally recognized exchange where available (Level 1).  If quoted prices are 
not available, fair values are measured by utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific securities but rather 
by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2).  Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party pricing service.  

Interest rate swap derivative:  The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. All future floating cash flows are projected and both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted 
to the valuation date.  The curve utilized for discounting and projecting is built by obtaining publicly available third party market quotes for various swap maturity terms.  

Impaired loans: Impaired loans are those loans in which the Company has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral.  Fair value is generally determined based upon market value evaluations by 
third  parties  of  the  properties  and/or  estimates  by  management  of  working  capital  collateral  or  discounted  cash  flows  based  upon  expected  proceeds.  These  appraisals  may  include  up  to  three  approaches  to  value:  the  sales 
comparison approach, the income approach (for income-producing property), and the cost approach.  Management modifies the appraised values, if needed, to take into account recent developments in the market or other factors, 
such as, changes in absorption rates or market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition.  Such modifications to the appraised values could result in lower 
valuations of such collateral. Estimated costs to sell are based on current amounts of disposal costs for similar assets.  These measurements are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy. Impaired loans are subject to 
nonrecurring fair value adjustment upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment.  A portion of the allowance for loan losses is allocated to impaired loans if the value of such loans is deemed to be less than the unpaid balance.  

- 103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Foreclosed real estate:  Fair values for foreclosed real estate are initially recorded based on market value evaluations by third parties, less costs to sell (“initial cost basis”).  Any write-downs required when the related loan receivable 
is exchanged for the underlying real estate collateral at the time of transfer to foreclosed real estate are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Values are derived from appraisals, similar to impaired loans, of underlying collateral 
or discounted  cash  flow analysis.  Subsequent  to foreclosure, valuations  are updated periodically and assets are marked  to current fair value, not  to exceed the initial cost basis.  In the  determination of  fair  value subsequent to 
foreclosure, management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as, changes in absorption rates and market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for 
disposition.  Either change could result in adjustment to lower the property value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  These measurements are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.  

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:  

(In thousands)  
Available-for-sale portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total available-for-sale securities  

Interest rate swap derivative  

2013  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

648   
651   
-  
42   
1,341   

  $ 

16,597   
6,587   
13,696   
42,142   
-  

-  
-  
345   
251   
79,618   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

(135 ) 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

16,597   
6,587   
13,696   
42,142   
-  

648   
651   
345   
293   
80,959   

(135 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

(In thousands)  
Available-for-sale portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total available-for-sale securities  

Interest rate swap derivative  

2012  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

1,291   
1,081   
-  
33   
2,405   

  $ 

  $ 

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,251   
305   

-  
-  
319   
399   
105,934   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

Total Fair   
Value   

6,183   
27,471   
23,006   
48,251   
305   

1,291   
1,081   
319   
432   
108,339   

-  

  $ 

(195 ) 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

(195 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured  at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that  is, the instruments  are not measured at fair  value on  an  ongoing basis  but are subject  to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances  (for 
example, when there is evidence of impairment).  

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:  

(In thousands)  
 Impaired loans  
 Foreclosed real estate  

(In thousands)  
 Impaired loans  
 Foreclosed real estate  

2013  

        Level 2 
 $                  -
 $                  -

 2012  

        Level 2 
 $                  -
 $                  -

      Level 3 
 $           258 
 $             69 

      Level 3 
 $           773 
 $             96 

 Total Fair 
 Value 
 $          258 
 $            69 

 Total Fair 
 Value 
 $          773 
 $            96 

          Level 1 
 $                   -
 $                   -

          Level 1 
 $                   -
 $                   -

- 104 

 
 
 
 
 
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which Level 3 inputs were used to determine fair value.  

At December 31, 2013  
Impaired loans  

Foreclosed real estate  

At December 31, 2012  
Impaired loans  

Foreclosed real estate  

Valuation  
Techniques  

Appraisal of collateral  
(Sales Approach)  

Appraisal of collateral  
(Sales Approach)  

Valuation  
Techniques  

Appraisal of collateral  

Appraisal of collateral  

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value 
Measurements  

Unobservable  
Input  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value 
Measurements  

Unobservable  
Input  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Range  
(Weighted Avg.)  

5% - 30% (14%) 
6% - 50% (12%) 

15% - 15% (15%) 
6% - 7% (6%) 

Range  
(Weighted Avg.)  

5% - 30% (21%) 
6% - 15% (12%) 

15% - 15% (15%) 
6% - 7% (6%) 

As of June 30, 2013, junior subordinated debentures with a carrying value of $5.2 million were transferred from a level 3 classification to a level 2 classification.  

Required disclosures include fair value information of financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated statement of condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value.  In cases where quoted market 
prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future 
cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.  

The Company has various processes and controls in place to ensure that fair value is reasonably estimated. The Company performs due diligence procedures over third party pricing service providers in order to support their use in 
the valuation process.  

While the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could 
result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.  

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique.  Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the 
fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated.  The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective 
period-ends, and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates.  As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective 
reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each period-end.  

- 105 

   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities.  Due to a wide 
range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful.  The Company, in estimating its fair 
value disclosures for financial instruments, used the following methods and assumptions:  

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value and are classified as Level 1.  

Interest earning time deposits – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value and are classified as Level 1.  

Investment securities – The fair values of securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity are obtained from an independent third party and are based on quoted prices on nationally recognized exchange where available (Level 
1).  If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured by utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for 
specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2).  Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party 
pricing service.  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value and are classified as Level 2.  

Net loans – For variable-rate loans that re-price frequently, fair value is based on carrying amounts.  The fair value of other loans (for example, fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, mortgage loans, and commercial and industrial 
loans) is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on interest rates currently being offered in the market for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.  Loan value estimates include judgments based 
on expected prepayment rates.  The measurement of the fair value of loans, including impaired loans, is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  

Accrued interest receivable and payable – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value and are classified as Level 1.  

Deposits – The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking, passbook savings and certain types of money management accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable 
on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts) and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that 
applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates of deposits to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.  Measurements of the fair value of time deposits are classified within 
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  

Borrowings  –  Fixed/variable  term  “bullet”  structures  are  valued  using  a  replacement  cost  of  funds  approach.  These  borrowings  are  discounted  to  the  FHLBNY  advance  curve.  Option  structured  borrowings’  fair  values  are 
determined by the FHLB for borrowings that include a call or conversion option.  If market pricing is not available from this source, current market indications from the FHLBNY are obtained and the borrowings are discounted to 
the FHLBNY advance curve less an appropriate spread to adjust for the option. These measurements are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.  

- 106 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Junior subordinated debentures – Current economic conditions have rendered the market for this liability inactive.  As such, the Company was formerly unable to determine a good estimate of fair value, resulting in a Level 3 
classification  at  December  31,  2012.   As  of  June  30,  2013,  the  Company  was  able  to  secure  a  quote  from  its  pricing  service  based  on  a  Discounted  Cash  Flow  methodology  which  resulted  in  a  Level  2  classification  for  this 
borrowing.  

Interest rate swap derivative – The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is obtained from a third party pricing agent and is calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. All future floating cash flows are projected and 
both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted to  the valuation date.  The  curve  utilized for  discounting and projecting is built by obtaining  publicly  available third party market  quotes for  various swap maturity terms, and 
therefore is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31 are presented in the following table:  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Financial assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Interest earning time deposits  
Investment securities - available-for-sale  
Investment securities - available-for-sale  
Investment securities - held-to-maturity  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Net loans  
Accrued interest receivable  

Financial liabilities:  
Demand Deposits, Savings, NOW and MMDA  
Time Deposits  
Borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Interest rate swap derivative  

2013  

  $ 

  $ 

Carrying   
Amounts   

16,575   
500   
1,341   
79,618   
34,412   
2,440   
336,592   
1,715   

250,248   
159,892   
40,853   
5,155   
-  
86   
135   

Estimated   
Fair Values   

2012  

Carrying   
Amounts   

Estimated   
Fair Values   

  $ 

  $ 

16,575   
500   
1,341   
79,618   
34,222   
2,440   
343,660   
1,715   

250,248   
160,201   
41,255   
4,825   
-  
86   
135   

  $ 

  $ 

8,665   
2,000   
2,405   
105,934   
-  
1,929   
329,247   
1,717   

228,484   
163,321   
34,964   
-  
5,155   
140   
195   

8,665   
2,000   
2,405   
105,934   
-  
1,929   
341,389   
1,717   

228,484   
165,491   
36,054   
-  
5,155   
140   
195   

Fair Value   
Hierarchy   

  $ 

  $ 

1   
1   
1   
2   
2   
2   
3   
1   

1   
2   
2   
2   
3   
1   
2   

- 107 

 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
     
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 21: PARENT COMPANY – FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

The following represents the condensed financial information of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31:  

Statements of Condition  
(In thousands)  
Assets  

Cash  
Investments  
Investment in bank subsidiary  
Investment in non-bank subsidiary  
Other assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity  

Accrued liabilities  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Shareholders' equity  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

Statements of Income  
(In thousands)  
Income  
Dividends from bank subsidiary  
Dividends from non-bank subsidiary  
Total income  
Expenses  
Interest  
Operating, net  
Total expenses  

(Loss) income  before taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Tax benefit  

(Loss) income  before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Net income  

- 108 

2013   

2012   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,147   
42   
46,699   
155   
403   
48,446   

221   
5,155   
43,070   
48,446   

2013   

  $ 

-  
4   
4   

162   
109   
271   
(267 ) 
69   
(198 ) 
2,604   
2,406   

  $ 

1,482   
33   
44,206   
155   
390   
46,266   

364   
5,155   
40,747   
46,266   

2012   

1,200   
3   
1,203   

168   
114   
282   
921   
72   
993   
1,655   
2,648   

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Statements of Cash Flows  
(In thousands)  
Operating Activities  
Net Income  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  

Net cash flows from operating activities  

Investing Activities  

Capital contributed to wholly-owned bank subsidiary  

Net cash flows from investing activities  

Financing activities  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Purchase of CPP Warrants from Treasury and redemption of CPP preferred stock  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholders  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  
Net cash flows from financing activities  
Change in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

NOTE 22:  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

2013   

2,406   
(2,604 ) 
243   
(39 ) 
6   

-  
-  

45   
-  
(83 ) 
(303 ) 
(341 ) 
(335 ) 
1,482   
1,147   

  $ 

  $ 

2012   

2,648   
(1,655 ) 
193   
(93 ) 
1,093   

-  
-  

5   
(537 ) 
(507 ) 
(301 ) 
(1,340 ) 
(247 ) 
1,729   
1,482   

  $ 

  $ 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates (collectively referred to as “related parties”).  These loans were made on substantially the same terms, 
including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability.  

The following represents the activity associated with loans to related parties during the year ended December 31, 2013:  

(In thousands)  
Balance at the beginning of the year  

Originations and Executive Officer additions  
Principal payments  
Decrease due to Director attrition  

Balance at the end of the year  

  $ 

  $ 

5,829   
2,807   
(337 ) 
(375 ) 
7,924   

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bank had no loan receivable from the Holding Company and $1.0 million, respectively.   The Holding Company sold three properties to the Company in December 2013 allowing 
the loan receivable to be paid off.  Interest paid by the Holding Company for the years ended 2013 and 2012 was $50,000 and $53,000, respectively.  

Deposits of related parties at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively.  

In  October  2002, the Company  entered into a  land lease  with one  of its  directors,  now retired,  on  an arms-length  basis. In  January 2006,  the  Company entered  into  a lease  with the  Holding  Company for the  use of  a training 
facility.  This lease was executed on an arms-length basis.  During 2010, the Company entered into an arm’s length lease with the Holding Company for space that is then sub-leased by the Company to a charitable organization at 
below-market rents.  Rent expense paid to the related parties during 2013 and 2012 was $29,000 and $21,000, respectively.  

- 109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
        
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 23:  ACQUISITION OF INSURANCE AGENCY  

On December 1, 2013, the Company, through its subsidiary, Pathfinder Bank, and its subsidiary, Pathfinder Risk Management Inc. (“PRMC”), executed a Purchase and Sale Agreement to acquire a 51% interest in the Fitzgibbons 
Agency, LLC (“Fitzgibbons”), a local insurance agency serving the same geographic area as Pathfinder Bank.  In addition, PRMC acquired 100% of certain equipment of Fitzgibbons for use in the business. This acquisition allows 
the Company to create more value based non-interest income revenue through a significant crossover in customer base as well as a similarity of culture.  We believe that over time, both organic and acquisition growth within the 
Bank’s larger geographic footprint, as well as synergies from customer base access, will provide opportunities to grow and diversify our revenue through insurance services.   

Acquisition costs related to this transaction were $27,000 and $8,000 in the periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and were recorded in professional and other services within noninterest expense 
on the income statement.  

The assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management's best estimates using information available at the date of acquisition.  The following table summarizes the 
estimated fair value of the assumed assets and liabilities (dollars in thousands):  

Consideration paid:  

Identifiable assets acquired:  

Goodwill:  

Cash paid by PRMC  
Fair value of noncontrolling interest  

Total consideration  

Cash and equivalents  
Accounts receivable  
Customer list intangible  
Net premises and equipment  

Total identified net assets  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

- 110 

428   
359   
787   

18   
1   
188   
54   
261   

526   

 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
     
    
     
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 24: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  

Changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”), net of tax, for the periods indicated are summarized in the table below.  

Unrealized Gains and 
Losses on Financial 

For the year ended December 31, 2013  
Unrealized Gains and 
Losses on Available-

Securities reclassified 

Beginning balance  
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications  
Amounts reclassified from AOCI  
Ending balance  

Beginning balance  
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications  
Amounts reclassified from AOCI  
Ending balance  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Retirement Plans       

(2,765 ) 
1,554   
229   
(982 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Derivative       
(117 ) 
(3 ) 
39   
(81 ) 

  $ 

for-Sale Securities       

1,564   
(1,246 ) 
(219 ) 
99   

  $ 

  $ 

from AFS to HTM       
  $ 

-  
(781 ) 
-  
(781 ) 

  $ 

Unrealized Gains and 
Losses on Financial 

For the year ended December 31, 2012  
Unrealized Gains and 
Losses on Available-

Unrealized Loss on 
Securities Transferred 

Retirement Plans       

(3,617 ) 
615   
237   
(2,765 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

derivative       
(120 ) 
(32 ) 
35   
(117 ) 

  $ 

for-Sale Securities       

1,073   
716   
(225 ) 
1,564   

  $ 

  $ 

to Held-to-Maturity       
  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

Total   
(1,318 ) 
(476 ) 
49   
(1,745 ) 

Total   
(2,664 ) 
1,299   
47   
(1,318 ) 

The following table presents the amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI for the indicated annual period:  

Details about AOCI 1 components  

   December 31, 2013         December 31, 2012      Affected Line Item in the Statement  of Income  

Unrealized holding gain on financial derivative:  
Reclassification adjustment for  
   interest expense included in net income  

Retirement plan items  
Retirement plan net losses  
   recognized in plan expenses 2  

Available-for-sale securities  
Realized gain on sale of securities  

1 Amounts in parentheses indicates debits in net income.  
2 These items are included in net periodic pension cost.  
   See Note 12 for additional information.  

(58 )   Interest on long term liabilities  
23     Provision for income taxes  
(35 )   Net Income  

(395 )   Salaries and employee benefits  
158     Provision for income taxes  
(237 )   Net Income  

(375 )  Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
150     Provision for income taxes  
(225 )   Net Income  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(62 ) 
23   
(39 ) 

(381 ) 
152   
(229 ) 

(365 ) 
146   
(219 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

- 111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
     
        
     
     
        
     
  
    
    
  
     
          
       
     
          
       
  
    
    
  
  
     
          
       
     
          
       
  
    
    
  
  
     
          
       
     
          
       
     
          
       
     
          
       
  
Table of Contents 
ITEM 9 : CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None.  

ITEM 9A : CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY  

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in 
Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of 
the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the 
Exchange  Act  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”)  (1)  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms,  and  (2)  is  accumulated  and 
communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is contained in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this annual report in Form 10-K.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules of the Dodd-Frank Act that exempts 
the Company from such attestation and requires only management’s report.  

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B : OTHER INFORMATION  

None.  

- 112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
PART III  

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, CONTROL PERSONS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE WITH SECTIONS 16 (A) OF EXCHANGE ACT  

(a)   Information concerning the directors of the Company is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company's Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  
(b)   Set forth below is information concerning the Executive Officers of the Company at December 31, 2013.  

Name  
Thomas W. Schneider  
James A. Dowd, CPA  
Edward A. Mervine  
Melissa A. Miller  
Daniel Phillips  
Ronald Tascarella  

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Age  
52  
46  
57  
56  
49  
55  

Positions Held With the Company  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer  
Senior Vice President, General Counsel  
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer  

Information with respect to management compensation and transactions required under this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company's Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption 
"Compensation Committee".  

ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof".  

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Transactions with Certain Related Persons”.  

ITEM 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Audit and Related Fees".  

- 113 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
PART IV  

ITEM 15: EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a)(1)  

Financial Statements - The Company’s consolidated financial statements, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, together with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed as 
part of this Form 10-K report.  See “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

(a)(2)  

Financial Statement Schedules - All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information is inapplicable or has been included in “Item 7: Management Discussion and Analysis.”  

(b)  

3.1  

3.2  

4  

10.1  

10.2  

10.3  

10.4  

10.5  

10.6  

Exhibits  

Certificate of Incorporation of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2001)  

Bylaws  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp, Inc.  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form 10-Q filed  on August 15,  2005  and  amended  Bylaws  filed  on  Current  Report  Form  8-K’s on 
November 28, 2007 and December 17, 2012)  

Form of Stock Certificate of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2001)  

Pathfinder Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's S-8 file no. 333-53027)  

2010 Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s S-8 file no. 333-178590)  

2003 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

2003 Trustee Deferred Fee Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Employment Agreement between the Bank and Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Employment Agreement between the Bank and Edward A. Mervine, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

10.7  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and Ronald Tascarella (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and James A. Dowd (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

10.8  

10.9  

10.10  

10.11  

10.12  

10.13  

10.14  

10.15  

14  

21  

23  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and Melissa A. Miller (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Agreement between the Bank and Chris C. Gagas (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 
000-23601)  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Agreement between the Bank and Thomas W. Schneider (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file 
no. 000-23601  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan adopted February 21, 2014 filed on Current Report Form 8-K on February 25, 2014  file no. 000-23601  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement between the Bank and Thomas W. Schneider effective February 24, 2014 filed on Current Report Form 8-K on February 25, 2014  file no. 000-23601  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement between the Bank and Edward A. Mervine effective February 24, 2014 filed on Current Report Form 8-K on February 25, 2014 file no. 000-23601  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement between the Bank and James A. Dowd effective February 24, 2014 filed on Current Report Form 8-K on February 25, 2014  file no. 000-23601  

Code of Ethics (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003)  

Subsidiaries of Company  

Consent of Bonadio & Co., LLP  

31.1  

Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

31.2                              Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

32.1                             Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer  

- 114 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
Signat ures  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

Date:  

March 17, 2014  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

By:  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

By:   

Date:   

By:   

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider, President and  
Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ Lloyd Stemple  
Lloyd Stemple, Director  

Date:   

March 17, 2014  

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

/s/John P. Funiciello  
John Funiciello, Director  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ David A. Ayoub  
David Ayoub, Director  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ George P. Joyce  
George P. Joyce, Director  
March 17, 2014  

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer)  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ Richard M. Jablonka  
Richard M. Jablonka, Vice President and  
Controller  
(Principal Accounting Officer)  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ William A. Barclay  
William A. Barclay, Director  
March 17, 2014  

/s/ Chris R. Burritt  
Chris R. Burritt, Director  
March 17, 2014  

- 115 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 21:  SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY  

Company  
Pathfinder Bank  
Pathfinder Statutory Trust II  
Pathfinder Commercial Bank (1)  
Pathfinder REIT, Inc. (1)  
Whispering Oaks Development Corp. (1)  
Pathfinder Risk Management Company Inc. (1)  

(1) Wholly owned subsidiary of Pathfinder Bank.  

EXHIBIT 23: CONSENT OF BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

Percent Owned  

100 % 
100 % 
100 % 
100 % 
100 % 
100 % 

Jurisdiction or State of Incorporation  
New York  
     Delaware  
New York  
New York  
New York  
New York  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-178590) and Form S-8 (No. 333-53027) of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries of our report, dated March 17, 2014, 
relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.  

/s/ BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Bonadio & Co., LLP  
Syracuse, New York  
March  17, 2014  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents 
EXHIBIT 31.1: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 

2.  
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of 

3.  
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal 

4.  
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

(a)  
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end 

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the 

5.  
registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, 

(a)  
process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 17, 2014  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
EXHIBIT 31.2: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I,  James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a   material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 

2.  
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of 

3.  
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal 

4.  
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

(a)  
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end 

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the 

5.  
registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, 

(a)  
process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 17, 2014  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
EXHIBIT 32.1  Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers  

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, and James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), each certify in his capacity as an officer of the 
Company that he has reviewed the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and that to the best of his knowledge:  

1.  

 the report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

2.  

 the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

March 17, 2014  

March 17, 2014  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
EXHIBIT 31.1: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 

2.  
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of 

3.  
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal 

4.  
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

(a)  
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end 

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the 

5.  
registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, 

(a)  
process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 17, 2014  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
EXHIBIT 31.2: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I,  James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a   material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 

2.  
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of 

3.  
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal 

4.  
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

(a)  
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end 

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the 

5.  
registrant's board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, 

(a)  
process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 17, 2014  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
EXHIBIT 32.1  Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers  

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, and James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), each certify in his capacity as an officer of the 
Company that he has reviewed the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and that to the best of his knowledge:  

1.  

 the report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

2.  

 the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

March 17, 2014  

March 17, 2014  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer